(navigation image)
Home American Libraries | Canadian Libraries | Universal Library | Community Texts | Project Gutenberg | Children's Library | Biodiversity Heritage Library | Additional Collections
Search: Advanced Search
Anonymous User (login or join us)
Upload
See other formats

Full text of "Better songs : our first 1950 book for singing schools, conventions, etc"

No. 00 For Christ My King 

Copyright, 1950, by Stamps-Baxter Music & Printing Co. 
B. B. Edmiaston in "Better Songs" Ezra H. Knight 



-*y- w 



« 



tt 



1. 1 have found the Sav-ior, Je -sua, by His fa - vor giv - en He has 

2. Bur-dens now are lighter, and my hopes grow bright-er, since my All to 

3. To His hand I'm cling-ing, joy-ful prais-es sing-ing, hap- py, As I 
-a- -a- -^- -a- ,. .. -a- -a- 

r~ — r=fe=^Fg— g=g=g=ir= F | r — ^- 

_l 1 1 1 1* — m— U_ U_ 

=p — p — *— * — br= fczf£z=£z 




ts » >*- 



li 



< 



-fr- 



$ 



at 



±t 



T^ 



^=5z=5 



H — ■*- 



-Ac • 



-^: 



J*" 



made me free, I'm free; Peace He is be - stow-ing, and there's joy in go-ing, 
Him I give, I give; I would tell to oth-ers, need-y sis-ters, broth-ers, 
on- ward go, I go; What-so-e'er be -tide me, I know He will guide me 

-A- I .- — »^ I -A- -A- -Mr- -M.- • ^ 



Vdr 



:t: 



X 



t==t 



£ — m—^~ 



P^t 



P 



i*=is—is. 



42=Jj 



t=t=t 



J— 4— J I i \' ^ f V 



Chorus 



fe£ 



i— *- 



rtr 



with Him, Where He calls for me, for me. 
show them How in Him I live, I live, 
safe - ly Thru this vale be - low, be - low. While here I'll sing 



Here I'll sing 



-i — W—m- 



j-JJJ.1 * ^•J-nJnJH 



for Christ 



i 






5Hi» 



t=t= 



Sp^rfp^^^ 



r^i-^ 



^ \j \j j 




,N_> 



# 



±=3=4j£3e 



ad a' -'ad- 



S 



a?: 



: ^r 



js ^-s- 



f or my King, He has saved my soul; Work and pray 

my King, And tell that my soul; I'll work and praj 



-I* 



-be — t 11 *--^ 



L-""-H [i 



3 



"l-J^ 



v — ^ d t j- F-F 



£ 



i 



■^_^L_ ft 



fefe^ 






y 



■ ■ i *- 



PBffi 



i 



rtfr 



ev - 'ry day, Home while a - ges roll, 

thru earth's short day, And then at on-ward roll. 

ns i -J- -*£-*£* 



-i x •*- -*- 



^^ 



y-f- 



J-JP-J- 



^=JE 



j"~r~i^ l ft. fl 



Better Songs ^ 

to ; 



SINGING 



Our First 1950 Book 
for 
SCHOOLS, CONVENTIONS, ETC. 



J. R. Baxter, Jr. 
W. Lee Higgins 
G. T. Speer 
J. A. Collier 
Lonnie B. Combs 
Wilbur Wilson 
W. W. Combs 
G. A. Thacker 
Mrs. Tom Wallace 
Videt Polk 
Walter E. Howell 
Kenneth Fulkerson 
Wesley Tucker 
Jno. F. Taylor 
W. S. Hess 
Horace A. Kennedy 
L. D. Bassett, J?. 
Li. O. Womack 
Edsel Coats 
Herbert Hu+chins 
Charles B. Atkins, Jr. 
Wayne M. Garrison 
H. A. Camp 
Lynwood Smith 
C. W. Bellew 
B. R. Bassel 
Robt. S. Holliman 
Doyle Cole 
J. J. McCranle 
Ezra H. Knight 
Johnie L. Haynes 
Ell Gordon 
Everett J. Butrum 
Geo. W. Rambo 



AUTHORS : 

V. O. Fossett 

J. B. Coats 

W. Allan Sims 

Theodore Sisk 

Dwight Brock 

Thos. J. Farris 

S. L. Wallace 

J. R. Varner 

W. A. McKinney 

C. H. Culbreth 

Sanford J. Massengale 

B. I. Cline 

Dr. H. H. Martin 

Jas. R. Haney 

Amos G. Mashburn 

Robert R. Christian 

Jas. R. Maise 

A. O. Dunlap 

Hershel Joyner 

Bryant Johnson 

Wm. W. Benson 

Pat H. Baxter 

E. T. Isbell 

Henry Lambert 

W. I. Lee 

Mrs. Lonnie B. Combs 

Chas. Speed 

Thurman May 

J. N. Johns 

Gene C. Finley 

Benton H. Matthews 

W. Cleo Brantley 

Mrs. Wilbur Wilson 

Willie Mae Vinson 



Luther G. Presley 
Clyde Williams —~Z 
B. B. Edmiaston <^ 
John L. Shrader 
B. E. Fulmer 
Austin Williams 
Henry L. Thompson 
Floyd E. Hunter 
Shaw Eiland 
Dempsey Rainwater 
W. M. DeVaughan 
Carlos Barrentine 
E. M. Latham 
S. D. Bruton 
Lester L. Dooley 
J. W. Payte 
W. Jarvis Maxey 
Marcus A. Sutton 
Chas. T. Owens 
A. H. Elliott 
Aubrey Douthitt 
Jesse Cook 
E. D. Bullock 
W. B. Walker 
H. C. Finley 
James L. Palmer 
H. W. Sloan 
Fred Rich 
Curtis Eppler 
J. W. Holcomb 
T. W. Potts 
John Phifer 
Chas. C. Bowman 
Thurman H. Smith 



PRICE : 

40 cents a copy; $4.20 a dozen; $15.50 for 50; 
$30.00 for 100, postpaid 

Shape Notes — Manila Binding 



Stamps-Baxter Music & Printing Company 

Plate Makers — Printers — Publishers 
Dallas 8, Texas Pangburn, Arkansas Chattanooga 4, Ten n. 




Copyright, 1950, by Stamps-Baxter Music and Printing Co. 



No. 1-A I'm Dreaming 

Copyright, 1950, by Stamps-Baxter Music & Printing Co 



L.O.W. 



in "Better Songs" 



L. O. Womack 




1. I'm dream-ing to-day of a home far a - way, That stands by the 

2. In vis - ions I see man-sions f air, built for me,Whereflow'rsnev-er 

3. When toil- ing is done, and the life crown is won, On wings I shall 



|£e£* 



K^ilgilli 



** 



jsE W iB U— U— It 



i 



:Mt 



tt±fi u p i i ■ 






i==fc£ 



=t=q 



•« — «K — ^ 



m — v — ♦— 



crys - tal sea; A pal - ace of love, built by God up a - bove, 

fade and die; Aland of de- light, free from sor- row and night, 

■oar a -way, To be with the Lord, as we read in His word, 




TJ'JT 

And I long there with loved ones to be. I'm dream - ing, 

Where I'll live in the sweet by and by. 

And dwell thru an un • end- ing day. Dream -ing, dream-iag. 



rJ^j- 






P 



35* 



^ 



▲ — l»S a s. 



-rt- 



r^jr* 



dream '- ing, Dream - ing of that home so fair; I'm 

fond- ly dream-ing, so fair; 



SEE 



£ 



F-Hf— 1 



SZZpC 



^^E 



JE$ 



Tt— t? 



F^ 



r r r — r - 




i 



:z§L 



m 



n 



I 



f=F 



Pw± 



3 3 j| 



3^3 



rr 



r 



long « kg, wait - ing, I'll soon be go • ing there. 

Longing, Iong-ing, iwait-ing, wait- ing, o • ver there. 



m 



i 



:s=:ac 



r 



r r r 



J-4-^- 



m ^ii 



No. 1 



Bchoes, Sweet Edioes 



To all West Virginia friends 

Copyright, 1950, by Stamps-Baxter Music & Printing Co. 

T. S. in "Better Songs" Theodore Sisk 







1. Late in the eve-ning when night shad-ows fall, 

2. As I go on with a song in my heart, 

3. Ear hath not heard, neith-er eye hath not seen. 



And I am all a- 

Down thru the vale I 
Mor-tal can't un-der- 



m 



fcfc&TE^m^i 




£± 



i i i 




itaiiiis 



— 2Rp 



lone, Seerui I hear ech - oes that peace -ful - ly ea.ll, 

roam, Je - bus will al • ways His love -light im - part, 

9tand, Glo - ry and beau • ty in splen-dor will glean, 




Back to my home, sweet home. 
Till I reach home, sweet home. 
In the sweet prom - ised land. 

K i 



Ech • oes, sweet ech • ees, I 




hear, Call- ing in tones sweet and low; Hold-iug His 

con-stant-ly hear, bo low; 

-A- -*.- -A- -A- -A- -A- | /-s 




=t 



■ zt=j* 



1 



I 



53=3^3 



t 



— I — -| 1 



-4" 



-a- 



to go 



hand I have noth-ing to fear, Soon 'twill be time to go, 



±1 



*=£=£:r- 



t=t 



±-=t 



0^ 



i==t 



*E 



t-t-r 



*f= f r r r 



a 



No. 2 



The Road of Love 



Copyright, 1950, by Stamps-Baxter Music & Printing Co. 
B. B. Edmiaston in "Better Songs" VidetPolk 




* 



£ 



£: 



-N 



h-* 1 — ♦-|-<e> 1 — 



it 



sa£z£=£qted 



y y y y 



' u u u 



1 s 

1. When I was lost in deep-est shame Bent low by 

2. But dim - ly I at first could see But skies so 

3. He spoke to me and called my name And filled my 




-» m i* r r t* 

<j y J y y 



y y y y 

sin and hope all gone >.-.... '. . . T. . In - to my heart 

dark be - gin to clear I lost the sin . 

heart with joy di - vine Now I His love 



i — i — r— *— 

y yyy 



fc 
^V- 



Efe£fr£ fc'if 'f*l 



:=|sz!s = ii^s=t 



fc*-**-*- 



i- L L"r : 



p * p 



^=|szjai{s={s: 



+j — hi — b-^h — *j — P — y— - * * f — ^ 



-=)—*- 



c=zt3zp=5^z: 



D. S. — He shows the way 




1 X 



y y y y y 



m 



love's message came Believe on Christ ...... and fol-low on- 

that blind-ed me And lo, the Lord was standing near 

to you pro-claim Since I am His and He is mine 

*-£=£z£: , _ L f* r> p r> 



*-*- 



- i — i — i- 



Mfe 




E 



U y U U w » ^ w y 

that is di • vine The road of love the high-way home 

Chorus 

£fc= re — h — h — T» — h — "^ — ^ r g— h — - 



£& 



m 



5t±^=2t 






♦==1?= 



y 



^- y • - i/ - i y 

I am the Lord's and He is mine, 

I am the Lord's and He is mine, 



S 



kf££ 



,=j — i* 



£ 



U.S. 






1^ „. 

He holds my hand when dan - gers come, when dan-gers come; 

He holds my band _ 

-a- -a- -■- -a- -a- -a- ._ _ -a- -a- _ 

•i — i — -t — h — -i — -■*■ -i — -(*- -i*- -j — i — -^- 

tajM * h tTl L ft p^ pE^jga 



No. 3 



Sing To the Lord 



Copyright, 1950, by Stamps-Baxter Music & Printing Co. 
J. R. H. in "Better Songs" Jas. R. Haney 




1. As we trav - el a - long, sing -Tng beav- en's sweet song, Giv - ing 

2. To the *wea - ry and Bad, to the ones who are glad, And to 

3. No more sor - rows will come, when we en - ter our home, - ver 



1 



m 



IE 



*fr-f- ' fr M r r b % lb b 6 



it 



£ - *-H is h^t--tw-}-H 



praise to our Lord and King, to the King; Let us tell of His love, 
those who are lost in sin, lost in sin, Let us sing of God's grace, 
on the e - ter - nalshore,the bright shore; Gath-ered 'round the great throne, 



1 



* 



3= 



re.the bright s 






£ 



23: 



g si g n i r e ^e 



p * - 






j J J J' j 1 J J' g J -j H | J- -'J . l 



F 1 ^ 



g i ? y r 



and the man-sions a - bove.Oth - era on - to His mer-cy bring, to Him bring, 
how His Son took our place, Al - ways try ■ ing some soul to win, to Him win, 
with the Lord and His own, We shall sing to Him ev - er-more,ev-er-more. 



t=fc 



mm h- b r [ 



m 



I 



* — i — h 



f 



? 



Chorus 



D. S*— We shall sing in a sweeter strain, sweeter strain. 

ft r> 



j jjj _ , j j^ 



jjjj 



sing to the Lord, Mak- ing His love 

to the Lord, Mak-ing love '**■ 



5 b ' ' 

Sing to the Lord, 
Let us sing 



MM 






£¥ 



£¥ 



y y ? g 



m—Mj^<m~~m. 




ffT 3 



our glad re-frain; " " When He shall caD. us to come home, 

our re- train; WhenHeealls us up home, 



l 1 iq [ 1 i[ b fc b ' i E j r 3 



INo. 4 Looking to Galvary 

Copyright, 1950, by Stamps-Baxter Music & Printing Co. 
Mrs. Thelma Vaughn in "Better Songs" Clyde Williams 



affig Bi 



=t= 



=fr=ts=*=a=; 



a- -■ -ad-. -■- 



1* -■ 

y y 

1. Look-ing to Cal-va-ry, what do I see, Christ on the cross in 

2. Look-ing to Cal-va-ry, see - ing God's grace, Sin's ran-som paid for 

3. Look-ing to Cal-va-ry, hear my heart's plea, Par-don thru love was 




£-f = .? =l *-5-5 




^^^^^PPPP 



y 

great ag - o - ny, Shed-ding His lite blood for yon and for me; 

all of the race; I shall see Him some day face to face, 

pur-chased for me, So to the Rock from God's wrath I shall flee, 






-y — f 



±=— t=£=t=: 



L »r *r» 



-T"- 




Chorus 



£=3 




J y 



y y l» f^ J .<w»'~w' """ L» , w „ ; 

Look-ing to Cal-va - ry. Look, look to 

Look-ing |to Cal-va -ry.Lord, and to 

, P» I -dk- -dk- -dk- 



*E 



X- 



?C ■- ' JPT ^ u * Li ^ L U 



Cal-va-ry, What a blest priv - i-lege;Joy, 

Thee, What a blest priv-i - lege it is to me; Joy in - ei- 

-dk- -dk- -dk- -dk- -dk- .» -dk- 

-t- F- *— ■+— -r— -•- -^- -•- ~ "1 — 




*=^=P 



d^J 



L> u g u 



FF^jf 



peace, life, giv-en by Look-ing to Cal-va-ry. 

press - i - ble, sal • va-tion tree, 



EE 



£=3= 



* 






No. 5 The End of Earth's Journey 

To my friend, Henry Flood 

Copyright, 1950, by Stamps-Baxter Music & Printing Co. 

E. M. L. in "Better Songs" E.M.Latham 



& 



m 



-♦i- -^ -♦>- -♦- -♦- -+>- h-^- -♦- -♦- -♦- 



fc=*±jttw=«|z:' 



5£ 



■M—^t— 



1. When we come to the end of earth's jour-ney, And the bur-dens o! 

2. Here we oft - en have heart-aches and sor- rows, And the path-way ■ 

3. When we come to cross o - ver the riv - er, With its rough roll-inj 



t. . I, ■ I. !. i i U k 



feCTi-. 



tf $ V : if 'J 

<-•-♦- -«- -^- -♦■- -<m- -♦- 




ft* 



life we lay down, We shall rest on the banks of the riv - er, And re- 
rug-ged and steep , But when heaven 's bright gates we shall en-ter , Nev-er 
wa-ters so wide, We should not have a fear for the cross - iug, Our dew 



W' FWtTTWFt 



i — i — i* — i — p? 
v u r 



._D__i^ — n 



'J U ' y 
Chorus 



- r-^r-g 



BB 






ceivefrom the Sav - ior a crown. 

more shall we have cause to weep. We shall live in that beau-ti - fa! 

Sav - ior will walk by our side. 






^ ^ y \j i 



city , Where the streets are all paved with pure gold; All the trou-bles of 

the pur- est of gold; 



tsfcl 



■^-i — i — \— f-^-iK— E- — ^ — i — I - T | " 



Jifc 



K 4 



y y y 
Rit 







ft*" "•- T" U" rj- y 

earth will be o - ver, And we'll nev-er, no nev- er grow old. 

we'll nev-er grow old. 



No. 6 



I'll Follow On 



Copyright, 1950, by Stamps-Baxter Music & Printing Co. 
B. R. B. in "Better Songs" b. R. Basset 



i^m^Mmm^mmm 








3£=£=$l=ttE. 



Ai— AM ft* = L.*j pe.^_l-^_L A j — ^ — ^ — ^ — ^ij 



In His word I read a -bout His love, I'll go on to that bright borne a-bove. 
Guid-ing me, by truth and love di- vine To that home a- cross the bor-der line. 
Hold-ingto the Sav-ior'smight-y hand, All the way in- to the promised land. 

#-tt*= "-• bt-r^—e- 



_j*_jA,_jA.- . 



' y J v 



Chorus 



- * m-\-+> — ♦ ♦! ♦! — ♦— — ♦- -— — — — -^ — -^ — -♦' ♦ ♦ — — — 



I'll fol- low Christ my Lord, I'll fol-low Him each day, We're walking close to- 



=t=t 



■f* ^' I*- -5- 
^trzbE: 



-y— u— v- 



H= 



-y-i 



£^e£e 



-3=3- 



£=£ 



&3E4r4r^^=^EE£^ 

^ g — «— (-*--< « — _ — mi — «— j- — ♦■ - l-* — ♦ — ♦! — m - 

1 1 _■■ M. 



^=fe=J 



M*- 



geth-er, He cheers me on the way; He is my hid- ing place, a shel-ter 



^zk=^=E:Br=r=r=r=t=:^=S=^=^=k==fcpy=5=: 

SfrTT^^f/'J /' . 1 "h f.-fs p j J i I I 

) — ^--^ — -3 — — - 5 — !-♦ — ♦ — ♦ — — — ♦* — « — — k-|-*i — m — — i — m — -H 



in the storm, I'll fol-low in His foot-steps, He keeps my soul from harm. 



Si 



E ir kk =£=£= ^~*~t~f =^ 

tr-p=;tr-p=:0==z=:t^=^=1?=^E==U 



No. 7 



I Want to follow On 



Copyright, 1950, by Stamps-Baxter Music & Printing Co. 
Jj.Q.T. in "Better Songs" Luther G. Presley 

J\_ I !__£ i_ 



«*-«-*) — S — ai— b^t— 



R^i=? 



=F 



=F 



q— 3=: 



=F 



1. There is a ci - ty of love somewhere, 'Tis there my blessed Lord has gone; 

2. The lov- ing Fa-ther took Him a- way, It left this world so dark and lone; 

3. A home of beau-ty be-yond compare, Where parting tears are never known; 



*— *=- 







:r: 



:t=t=tz 



-K — *"-*-K- 



:t: 



:L: 



1 



m-r=>- -— I — ^ — *-= — •- --\ — ^ — ^ — «— Fd — \ !-l 



And when I fin - ish my work down here, 

But when He calls me at close of day, I want to fol-low, fol-low on.' 

And since my Je - sus i9 call -ing there, 




Chorus 




»rua ^ | | J' J I i 

-m — m— 5— •-rr <d — — — »■ — m—m—+ 1 1 — ™ 

♦ — ♦— ♦■■tt» — <♦- -— 1 1 — i ♦' ♦ — — 



fc 



-v — y- 



I want to fol-low, fol-low on, I want to see Him 

Je-sus, fol-low on, yon-der 





^— — *-- 



-m — m — ™— g J -i 



at 



-y- 



on His throne;To live in glo-ry with friends I've known, 

on His loft - y throne; precious friends I've known, 



m 



L ft ft 1*1 ft w> m -i — -i — -i — i — z ^~ 



£^ 




-A 



-=)■ 



? % it - * - " 1 ?—£-%— f 



I 



^ V J y y ^ b> "y 

to fol - low, fol - low on. 

I want to fol-low Je-sus, fol - low, fol-low on. 



ft ft ft -£ 

d d d f — 



f 1 n - -I- 



ft P ft 



±=: 



s 



No. 8 Jesus Is With Me 

Copyright, 1950, by Stamps-Baxter Music & Printing Co. 
Adger M. Pace in "Better Songs" Dr. H. H. Martin 




22L:*iS:= a_ ? -- ^> — a — ~±2 ±* - ==±grl 



1. 1 have found a friend in Je • bus, He is all the world to me, 
2.. There is now no con-dem - na • tion in my bap - py new born soul, 




&R: 



-m — -H ^- -<St 



3 •!— 3==P 



*-* 



n*^- 



t r > ft 



- *> *** 



♦£-♦1- -^ 
-***- 1 * 



"*-S^s 



And I know He dear • ly loves me For He set my spir - it free; 
For I am a new ere - a - tion, And sweet heav- en is my goal; 




^4^_t2 9 r. 



All my Bins He free - ly par-doned When He came and saved my soul, 
I am walk - ing close be - side Him All a - long this pil - grim way, 




Took a - way my ev - 'ry bur - den When He cleansed and made me whole. 
Know-ing noth-ing can be • tide me While He walks with me each day. 



j*. -m- -m- -(*- 



EEtESaEEE 



P-rP 



m 



:!=£: 



1 



«fc 



:t 



O.Sv— Where I shall be - hold His glo • ry, And ex • tol His sav • ing love. 
Chobub 




fffc M^ 3M * ^ y^ 



He is with me ev-'ry mo-ment, As I walk this way, 

He is with me ev-'ry mo - ment, As I walk this pil-grim way, 




Jesus Is With Me 



ft£E« 



=1=1= 



-r?-?v 



-h h x 



v^- 



=»: 



3=3rJ3E^=j=l=P===j3 



I am trust-ing Him to keep me Till the clos - ing of the day; 
I am trust - ing Him to keep me drear-y day; 

i t > > \ \ > I s 



i S ^T r -p- fpr » fr= y==g 



r 




Hfe 



zM=£=te 



=F==1= 

:Lp z 



■ftrff 



-*-*-** 



F= "F 7 ^ 







U B i. U f U.0 

Then.some morn-ing, He will take me to the home a-bove, 

Then,some morn-ing, He will take me To the home land bright a-bove, 

:£::£: , ■<*- ^--|g-y. 

F - F — i 1 r 1 1 1 1 r^ 1 r**?- 



■• ^ » 



T 



v y 



as 



Mo. 9 His Love Has Made Me Free 

Copyright, 1950, by Stamps-Baxter Music & Printing Co. 
Jas. R. Maise in "Better Songs" Lester I,. Dooley 






1. When I was lost in sin and shame, Was blind and could not see, The 

2. As now by faith I walk a- right, I'm hap-py as can be;There*s 
3.1 want to praise Him more and more, While fleet-ing days go by; And 



^gz^^g^iill 



£L_ r_E zzb 



% 



Fine Choeus 



■ J.^JLjL^' -p — ^gr-*- t ^-^*-^ = g? c * =l 1 :: -1- 1 ** 



Sav - ior came and gave me light, His love has made me free. I'll praise the 

not a shad-ow on my soul, His love has made me free, 

serve Him till He calls me home, To man-sions in the sky. Praise the Lord, 






D.S.— His love has made me free. 



D.3. 




Lord, Who died on Cal-va - ry; His name a - dore, 

praise the Lord, His great name I'll a - dore, 



P^ ^^^ i^i 



-r-r- 



No. 10 



He'll Pilot Me 



Copyright, 1950, by Stamps-Baxter Music & Printing <?o. 
M. A. S. in "Better Songs" Marcus A. Sutton 



fe^^i^^^^^^ra 



_^_^tt^ 



1. Here, tho tossed a- bout like rest- less bil- lows, oft - en grop-ing in the 
2.0ft- en I amwea- ry, sad and lone-ly, and my eyes are sometimes 



t=t 



■* — F — F — F — F — * — F — F- 



*>— ^- 



a=^ 



:S£^ 



Z 



j ^ A S-— I A A! A A- J 



y y 



y ' • - . ""■ y 

dis - mal night, Bays of heav-en's glo - ry shin-ing I can al-ways 
filled with tears, Till I hear the home bells for me ring- ing glad .and 



fe — F- 




ia — >a — s — a — ra_ 



£=£ 



£=£=} 



£E>=^ 



«E^fe£ 



£ 



A m ai- ^_a — «— « ■ a- 



=&= 



,y y y y 

see, can al - ways see; Like a bea • con they are bright-ly gleam-ing, 
free, so glad and free; Then my heart once more is turned to sing -ing, 



■F-ft- 



3P 



t=5t=t=:p 



-S— F 



:t==:p=?=!s=!s=:^: 

£=p=#==iHfc=fct 



«— ?s=i 



Al ™- A Al <-A A— A A A A A A A- L A A 



^ 



of - fer - ing their won-drous guid - ing light, And I know the One who 
thru the clouds the sun a - gain ap- pears, Sure • ly lie who marks the 

fe F F — r*= ** s » ■*= — # rs — F — 

1* 1 \jrn- — iw — w — ■>- -F ( 



fc#=£=fcfc 






* 



y 'b b b b w y 

D.S. — Je - sua Christ, who died to 
Fine Chorus k 

^^^ 



r&Z^ld^ 



f i. i, i. f " y y " 



. y y U y^ 

rules the waves will pilot me, He'll pi • lot me. He'll lead me home, 

He'll lead me home, 
sparrow's fall will pi-lot me, He'll pi - lot me. He will lead me home, 

h !\ h .n h h 



_F— ^---F-^-F-r-J— ' 

: ^-5 : -y-y ! -y ? -y !: ' tt: — 



-4hA^ 



1^1 



— 1 fa 



* 



save my soul, will pi-lot me, He'll pi - lot me. 



He'll lead home, 



He'll Pilot Me 




-4* 



^±4 



3— =»- 



^=t= 



^: 



^ J \J J 



S5S& 



a«£* 



£=h=fc« 



5-^UJl ^ 



£=*=£ 



,.L» 



a-cros8 the foam, His a- mazing grace will keep the trusting spirit 

a-crossthe rag-ingfoam, 




B 



[Jl>U^y y w y y y y u y 

free; Thru darkest night, He'll give me light, 

Thru darkest night, 
He'll keep me free; Thru the darkest night, He'll give me guiding light, 

mm, m I ^ t* ' ' ^ ^^ """ 



rttiT 



:t=: 



a 



-i^— i i **■ 



tt: 



■k-i*. 



-K-K 



y y y ^ y 

No. 11 



y U y y i 



Thru dark night, 

The Wondrous Gity 

Copyright, 1950, by Stamps-Baxter Music & Printing Co. 
H. C. & G. C. F. in "Better Songs" H. C. & Gene C. Finley 




1. We read a - bout a won-drous ci - ty, Prepared by Je - sus for His own; 

2. I'm on my way to that fair ci - ty, By faith its beau-ties I be-hold; 

3. The crossing time for me is near-ing, I know it won't be ver - y long; 



I f*-s-H <% 1 ' — 




Where all is peace and per-fect glad-ness,And we shall know as we are known. 
Its walls are decked with rar-est jew- els, The streets are paved with purest gold. 
Soon I shall en - ter that fair ci - ty, To stand among the blood washed throng. 




y y y J 

D.S.- Where we may go and live with Je -sus Throughout a glad e - ter - ni - ty. 
Chorus 




D.S. 



^E^^^S 



In that fair ci - ty there are mansions, He has pre-pared for you and me, 




No. 12 



What a Wondrous Savior 



Copyright, 1950, by Stamps-Baxter Music & Printing Co. 
B. B. Ed mi as ton in "Better Songs" W. W. Combs 




A> 1 AJ-4"— I — Ai 1— HA si — A ^ 1 Aj- 



(£=*£ 



* 



1. - ver hills and val-leys Je-sus leads Those who are a - bid-ing in His 

2. When we're tempted He is al-ways near, Hearing when for help on Him we 

3. For Him we will speak the word of love,Giv-ing out the gos-pel sto-ry 






_A A_h*_A A- 

. r _r-.tt-_ pt _ r _ 



a_»,_,aL_a.. 

-a — F — i y 

-i h- — y — e 

u ^ 







* 



a- -■! 1 — + -M — a — »i — 4 

_i_ _j — ^ — B — | — m — m — m 



£ 



word, His word, Gra-cious-ly sup-ply-ing all our needs; What a won-drous 
call, we call; And He o - ver-comes our doubt and fear, When to Him we 
sweet, so sweet, Till He calls us to ourhome a-bove, Where our peace and 



B=E£=L£: 



•<*- 



£ 



-I* — a 
-i — i— 

y y 



A. ^ A A- «, A_ 

:|z=y— p-bib — y_ y _ £n 



Chobus 



IP — 5 — * caf — -< — j»- — p«— - W *& =MZ=M — *■ — *— rac:3 



be- 



y V 

Sav - ior is our Lord, our Lord. - ver vale and hill, 

hum- bly yield our all, our all. 

joy will be com-plete,com-plete. - ver vale and moun-tain, 



w^^w^m^ 



t=\ 



p— r- 



-£-=—*- 



y t 
i 



-y- 



— p — I 1— -^ — ♦ — M — 4EZ42Z1 



^E^q=q=^ 



^2 



side the wa-ters still, He safe - ly leads His own, up - on the 

by the liv - ing foun-tain, Leads His own, up - on the 



-fejU-^ f- g— E-: E 





-£- 



Li r* 1. y 



y y 1 y 

homeward road; To lost ones He is call-ing, He lifts us 

homeward road, love's road; To the lost ones calls, He lifts us when we 




S^i 




What a Wondrous Savior 



3 — -j- 



^3«H 



^^ 



when we're fall-ing, Gives strength and helps us bear each heav- y load. 

fall, He gives us strength and helps us bear each heav- y load, each load. 



J, 



fcff: 



£3 



Jg-JLJ E H- 1~ j fc 



-t — » — I *—= — *■ 



=t 



H 



:*=£ 



^=c 



No. 13 



In the Valley of Decision 



Copyright, 1950, by Stamps-Baxter Music & Printing Co. 
B. C. in "Better Songs" J. B. Coats 







is filled with great temp - ta - tions all a - long the way, 

y choose the wrong di - rec - tion as they turn a - bout, 

There are pit - falls, deep and mi - ry, down the wind - ing road, 

•m- -*- Hv ■*- •f m - ■**■ -*- -™- •*»• w 



t=£: 




You will meet them, you mnst face them, ev-'ry pass -ing day; 'Tia a mat-ter, 
So con- fused with sin and trou-ble, filled with shame and doubt;TraveI alow-ly, 



Paths of sin with flow-ers grow-ing close to death's a - bode; 'Tis a road so 

r^rz P-J ■ <♦ — ♦— }W— <♦ — ^ — *•» — *- — i — rt • 1 1 » F> ■ i — p — 

| >^L I 1 H 1 Ii H 1 -t— i 1 1— -)* 1 m 1 ►— +- »— 

s - r ^ [f — V Y J b> b»-V U U U U ll ! P U i< KJ fc J 



D.S.-We must choose our Kfe and fu-ture as we turn a - boutjThink be-fore you 




Hilfe 



choos-ing just which side you're on, Let me point you to my Sav-ior 
i pray-ing, lis - ten to this song, Why not stop and take my Sav-ior 
and narrow,up to heav-en's throne.Look a- bout you.friend.andfind it 






£=t£ 



*=kr 



i=* 



J^-L-L - ia - 



r 



y y f *? 

choose a mas-ter.eount the aw - fnl cost, In the val- ley 
Fine Chords * r> 

-^ #| q a j * 3 



y y i -V 
de • ci - sion, 
D.S. 



£ ^ y 4 j.ig=™ 



-*- 



ft 



^-^ ii ii ii * 



^i 



for yourver-y own. In the val- ley of de -ci- sion, man-y roads lead out, 




men are saved or lost. 



No. 14 I'll Live in Glory Land 

0, by 

-ft — ! — ! -r- 1— ^ f >t -^ 



Copyright, 1950, by Stamps-Baxter Music & Printing Co. 
T. J. F. in "Better Songs" Thos. J. Farris 

yrtt~ ^ ~~= — ftr-4- — -h+ 



^ -^m ~n~3=N=3 — ^~^ -j=^ K fa — =5 1 



y ' 



ry 



*1 X y y 

1. Someday I'll leave this world be- low, And live in glo 

2. From sin andsor-row I'll be free, 

3. We'll shout and sing a-round the throne, And live in glo - ry 




** Li u» p y Li y !« ?r -♦--♦- -♦- ^ ^ 



y * - " y * y y 

land; And I shall see my friends, I know, 

We'll praise the Lord e - ter - nal - ly, 
land, fair glo-ry land for- ev • er; Hap-py with Je-sus and His own, 

rs r> n 



B 






wm 



- f :-i x 



■*=W=zw: 



±-f 



JKZZJC 



£^: 



&£ 



Fine 



;=? 



1 



B 



- n — 3— 4 — tf 



:st 



-F — m- 



J I) J " ' 
Up there in glo - ry land. 
Up there in glo - ry land, fair glo - ry land. 



N ft I N k N ^ 

P -♦>- -♦- — -^-- -♦- fr ^ -4»- -^ -♦ » 




l> y y ' 



Someday I'm go-ing o-ver there, To live in glo ry 

To live in glo-ry 
..-»-. r> ft 

____-£^£-_-£-_ St-^rt-^— ft . J J B 



*=*: 



±zy^y— p— r - B 



&==!= 



B 



rf 



S|~ 



y 

land; 



■IP — 3 — ff — •- 

y ^ y y 



*=»: 



J J! 



-?-»■ 



^^*-^ 



D.S. 

-A 



^111 



At home e - ter- nal joys we'll share, 
land, in glo-ry land with loved ones; 



i 



No. 15 Wonderful Gity 

Copyright, 1950, by Stamps-Baxter Music & Printing Co. 
B. B. Edmiaeton in "Better Songs" Hershel Joyner 




: mm 



:^z= 



5BE 



J V V 

1. Far out be - yond earth-ly star way, 8hin -ing star way, Staud-eth a 

2. Out - shin - ing earth's brightest sun-light, brightest sun-light, Heav'n's ci-ty 

3. Saved of the earth from each na- tion, ev - 'ry na - tion, In one u- 

-♦- -♦- ,-♦- -♦- -♦- &V- -^- -K- 
*-^?-4rts: Is — is — | b |7~F& — S — e y f-— : f— F-P» — w- 



r 




3=te£ 






£=q 



y r 

ci - ty fair, ci - ty fair, All day its gates for us 
lies four-square,built four-square; Sun, moon and stars are not 
nit - ed throng, one great throng, Hon - or will give to the 

BK. -K- £: r- &K- 



HP" -P-- H — H — HP- -1 — 

— I 1 r l 1 1 1 r A A A A 

r ;R- ' y y 



Ifc 



Fine 



s 



-y— y— y r— t-^ ■=■= "f^.-. p f a 



y U 

o - pen, stand-ing o - pen, For there is no nightthere.no night there, 
need-ed, they're not need-ed, Christ is the light up there, light up there, 
Sav - ior, Christ the Sav - ior, Sing - ing the vie - fry song, vic-t'ry song. 

^. .+. ^ .^ .^. Ok- -^- -*- IV **- -P * -=L -^ 



trt: 



F^ 



Chorus 



l y y i 



^^s^s 



D.S.— Shall reign while a - ges roll, ev - er roll. 

iJVjv. 



-♦- 1 1 , 






al— ad— art — S— »— 2 



m—m—m- 

y y. y I ! 

Won-der - ful ci - ty, bright ci-ty, Beau-ti - ful home of the 

* . ho-Iy ci-ty, beau-ti -ful 




a T— y-~r 

soul; 



E^E*36H3= 



Je- sus, the build -er and mak-er, 

Christ the mak - er, 



home of the soul; 

u\. £ . — 1 — ! b — ' r A A — a— a a — a.— r A— f^-njtj* 



£=t= 



I 



-y — y — «-i^ — 1*- 
^ » y y 



No. 16 After Awhile 

Copyright, 1950, by Stamps-Baxter Music & Printing Co. 
T. S. in "Better Songs" Theodore Sisk 




^gg^=^gnii 



1. Oft - en we sing to the great King, 

2. Oft - en we're sad, man - y times blue, 

3. On that bright shore, trou-bles all o'er. 



AaAm 



J *J n 



& 



9 9 k:T^E 



w=v-% 



-s- 



9 -£r 



§3 

r-* ♦- 



11— 



£=ffc 



X *i A ~ *t- 

T -■- -«- -» 



** 



3= i 



y y y y I 

As we go trav- 'ling dawn life's path -way with a smile, a snn-ny smile; 
And it seems that we nev - er know just what to do, just what to do; 
We shall be sing - ing praise to Him for ev - er-more,for ev - er-more; 






i* 



^—^-h^—i^—^ 



i 



fe-b-s - 



:t 



-)*—*« 



t==t=5t=t 



ESEg : 



f r v-trrF 



: tff^- 



U-0-lr-t-t 



1r-tr 



i 



>## 



L> U 



I ■ *N ^ A l « ** ^ rfU J 

""-*"„ . L - jar tt 



, ȣ-*- 



Let us 
Won-der 
Mel-o - 



all work , du - ty not shirk, 

' ful love, comes from a - bove, . 

dies sweet, Je • sub we'll greet, 



m¥=w 






a -jM 



^1 ^ > 



s 



-try 



-~ g TJ U 



D.S.— Then we 



r re 

shall sing, 



bells will all ring, 




fea 



' Fraa 



I J — S ' ft "ft 1 rl 



f E7 T 

Hal - le - lu • jah, we shall see heav-en af-ter while, yes, a f - ter while. 



-tic P- 



1 *) 



§ 



S — * — *•- 

j 1 *^ 



i=l=^ 



5=p: 



Chorus 



y y 








Af-ter a-while, ^^.af • ter a-while ( . 



S0E 



3 






AM , ^J^q 



53: 



H=F 



After Awhile 



fE— f>— r>= 



*=*£ 



ft 



D.S. 



!— £-•! — tr^- — ♦- -♦' ♦ ♦ — — — ♦ — •* r— «- -H 



te± 



m 



F 1* i i 

y y . y u i 

Voic - es will blend in tones moat per - feet af - ter while; 

yes, af - ter while; 



-H: H| 



SHill 



EES33EE 



-h=— ^ 



4= 



±1= 



No. 17 Accept Love's Plan 

Copyright, 1950, by Stamps-Baxter Music & Printing Co. 
H. A. K. in "Better Songs" Horace A. Kennedy 




1. Have you heard the gos - pel sto - ry, How the sin - ner may be free; 

2. There is end - less death a-wait-ing, -Or e-ter-nal life for thee; 

3. Do not long - er seek earth's pleas-ures, Turn and hum -bly trust the Lord; 



BfcE^ 



1 



*t=* 



1 



t=r 



-y- 



-v— 



m 






\) <J y 

How the Sav - ior came from glo - ry For you and me, and me? 

why lin - ger, still de - bat - ing? His love is free, so free. 

Set your heart on heav'n-ly treas-ures, - bey His word, His word. 



y r y n 



Choeus 



35) ~ LA A fS -j t^L a a 33ZZ?l: OH q ~~3E^Zq3j 



1 y y y y y y 1 

Je - bus died on the cross, To re-deem poor fall - en 

Je - sus died on the cross, To save 



:zr£ 



I 



i 



H i v y - 



i -•- -m- ~ -~- ™ -*- -»- -»- F" -•- 

y y y y y y 

man; If you'd en - ter life e - ter-nal, Ac-cept love's plan, 

fall - en man; love's plan. 



y y y y y ' 



No. 18 



When I Gross the Bar 



Copyright, 1950, by Stamps-Baxter Music & Printing Co. 
B. B. E. in "Better Songs" B. B. Edmiaston 

rs P> , k fe__ v .s 






P^W 



1 O _/y 

1. I'm sail-ing on the rest-less sea of time, I'm bound for glo-ry 

2. Tho storms may beat up-on me as I sail, The dark-ness can not 

3. I've loved ones who are waiting on that shore, The pearl -y gates now 



^_»_AL_a 



y uk — a — yk- \-£t *k — nk— m. — k — l-y- 




port that lies a - far; 
hide the guid- ing star; 
stand for me a - jar; 






mftp 



By faith I hear the golden home bells chime, 
My Pi-lot knows the sea, He will not fail, 
I'll meet my Lord, and praise Him ev-er-more, 




ifc= 



y y y 

l"> fs n 

1 H 1 1 

-♦ « 1 



y r^r 

Chorus 






They'll wel-come me when I must cross the 
He'll guide my barque safe home a- cross the 
When I have en-tered home, a- cross the 



1 1 

bar. When I must cross 
bar. When 

bar. When 

A—, 







3 B b 

- ver the bar, 

1 must cross o - ver the bar, 
I must cross the bar, 



-U* 




lfc^=E 



_«_£_ 



5~ B » 

the light will be shin-ing a- far, 

the light will be shin-ing a - far, 
the light will shine a • far, 

3= 






*=; 



y yy^yyyyyy yyy y 




y ' y 1^ 1/ y y y 'y y y y 

And guide my frail barque safe o'er the foam; 

And guide my frail barque in safe-ty o'er the rag-ing foam, the rag-ing foam; 
k. I i ! I N ^ N ?*_-!> 



I 



When I Gross the Bar 

■*. -J* *. R H K-AI =1 ~ 

,_H ! — -d — g — aP^S — ~! ~ 



Jl ft J 

P- J *n- 



afczat 



Site' 



Out yon-der, be-yond the last star, are pearl -y gates 

Be-yond the last bright star, are pearl - y 

Out yon-der, be-vond the last star, are pearl - y gates stand-ing a 

a. ^ ft M. k. 

A J> A_*L_ a) ft ft 



3 — =1- 



-q r-* H- « =1 — =i m- -m f — 

1 — h a — P« — i a a — a — ■= U- -P — 3 — k — 



£ 



s.tand-ing a - jar, 

gates a - jar, Through them I shall en - ter home, sweet home. 

jar 'n n"* 

■ft! A '. 



■ I— = if — ^ =z? - c=r= *— ' — | — fr-C ^v — -^ ~ :n 



No. 19 Since I Made Jesus My Ghoice 

Copyright, 1950, by Stamps-Baxter Music & Printing Co. 

in "Better Songs" Curtis Eppler 



C. E. 




*j— A/— -— i— ah- -g a j — M— j — -P -jM — jd ^ p — |~r — — *— 1 



r 

1. I once was lost in sin 

2. I'm hap-py in re-deem 

3. 8in-ner,come and go 



and shame, I had no com-fortwith-in,with-in; 
ing love, Since I made Jesus my choice, my choice; 
with me, And share the heav-en- ly home, sweet home; 



v/ i y I w I y f y J - 

« . ; 8: w i i— l ft . s FlNE 






f I fea P 1 J- f=i 



=*=£« 



1 



But Je - bus in His mer - cy came, And set me free from my sin, my sin. 
I'm trav-'ling on t'ward home a - bove.The prospects make me re-joice,re-joice. 
TheSav-ior died to make you free, In love He calls you to come,tocome. 




■j i y i i y 

D. S.-His wondrous peace He gives to me,Since I made Je-sus my choice,my choice. 
Chobus f<> D. S. 







praise His name, He set me free, Now I can sing and re-joice; 



-A-rA 



,A -A ▲ 

j ■ [J» Ml 



tz 



re-ioice; 



P — r"y — p 



-trtr- 1 - 



II 



No. 20 



Zacchaeus Found Jesus 



Copyright, 1950, by Stamps-Baxter Music & Printing Co. 
Mrs. Robt. S. Holliman in "Better Songs" Robt. S. Holliman 



zztt—H 



£=5=K=* 






1. In the Bi - ble to us is giv 

2. He was bur-dened with gold, much rich 

3. AH the fa - vors of this world nev 



en the sto - ry Of a man 
es and sil - ver, But he was 
er can save us, Nor can its 







whose heart had not found love's way; 
doubt-ing and rilled with dis - may; 
rich - es sweet com - fort im - part; 






But when he heard that Christ would 
So he climbed up a syc - a- 
Let us seek Je - bus while He's 






•t: 




=f5=q=^r 



■i— J- 



A-J- 



:^z=5=q=q: 



-q. 



11 



fr=t 



3= 



tet 



* 



=t= 



his way be pass-ing,Zac-chae-us want-ed to see Him that day. 
more tree to see Him, When the dear Sav-ior was pass-ing that way. 
pass-ing this way, like Zac-chae-us, let Him come in - to your heart. 



J ~ 5 L Li y a Li w l» y r u 



Chorus 
ft 



^5 






o V j 



-« — « -^ — «— — 

A 1 



*5fc 



q_ * 



: Hvtr 



O Zac-chae-us, Zac-chae-us, come down from that tree, 

syc - a- more tree, 










rt=M i >--fr 



For to-day I must tar-ry with thee! 

a -bide with thee! 

-a- -a- -a- -a- -a- -a- -a- *i 



With great-est joy he 



u^ — ^ — ^ — s — ^ — ^ 



:zzt=:Li-LT:Ed 




Eg 



:EE 



1^1 



Zacchaeus Pound Jesus 




ft* d- ' J J * - » A ■.; ?7 Tj 







qaick-Iy came down! Christ his house then with sal - va- tion did crown, 
and 



&d — Lr-i — -T"'— t*d?-*— B+-T — fe=P-r-r-^=-i- 



No.21 



Won't It Be Joy? y y 

Copyright, 1950, by Stamps-Baxter Music & Printing Co. 
J as. R. Maise in "Better Songs" Herbert Hutchins 

1.0 what a day of rap-ture 'twill be, When we in faith cross o - ver the 

2. Up there we'll see the streets, paved with gold, Beautiful man-sions we shall be- 

3. There we shall see the King on His throne, He shall, in love reign o- ver His 
-m- -m- -+- . -*- -*- -m~ 

re— 3 ♦ — I 1 (♦ 1 r^- — K *•■—«» — r-l ■♦ — ♦ 1 f» 



fe 




sea; Won-drons the joy fair heav-en to view, Won't it be joy for 
hold, Jew -eled, be-decked so rich and so rare, Won't it be joy when 
ownjHis smile will drive all sor-row a - way, Won't it be joy on 

iff- -»- -*- -m- ^ ^ c. -m- -m- fj. 

4—— !-♦ 1 \— ♦ — -\ — -i-r> P" ♦ r* — n* - — i <• — *— — »r w — I 

+- 1 \ 1 *k k* *. — M i I 



3£ 



2= 



SE 



n 



X 



■v 



y 



U=: 



4*= 



:t=: 



Fine Chobus 



D. S. — Beign-ing with Him on 




me and for you? 

we all get there? 

thathap-py day? Won't it be joy with loved ones to be, 



With our friends to be, Prais-ing the 



t *> s> 



1 — )-i 1 v-. i. 



•F- *F- -0-^ -j- 



■r^-Lk 



heaven's fair shore? 



E^EE£ 



:(= 



ftft 



D.S. 




Sav-ior e - ter- nal - ly, Free for ev - er-more, 

Praise e - ter - nal - ly, Free from all sor-row for ev -er-more, 

■^ ft^< 



4 fe - 



^ 



rl fr- ♦- 



^P^ 



fS=tr=*=?5 



~ A A — fr , A ! w ~ — i y- 5 T l 



No. 22 He Will Make It All Ri£ht 

Copyright, 1950, by Stamps-Baxter Music & Printing Co. 
L. D. B., Jr. in "Better Songs" L. D. Bassett, Jr. 

ggj= gg=g-g- :5-^-^Tft J=5)— ^=^N ^?rj_ _J^_p^_=d— =P1 
— =t 1 * _ tii — «•* — * — 5~ * ** — *w— ai — 9 — *i~j 



1. If you have a bur-den hard to bear, take it to the Lord in humble pray'r, 

2. When you're growing old and cannot see, put your trust in Christ of Gal - li - lee, 

3. You can nev-er know what waits ahead, that is why the Lord to you hath said, 



u u y 






*fftp= 



f*— fr— f — IT — **■ 

U P 



So eas-y His yoke, and His burdens are light; 

So eas-y His yoke, and His burdens are light; 

■ f ■{*■ f * (* f * f ^ .».tfrg.-» - 



-r~i 






£#=#=#=* 



*it=&^£=£=b 



■ v i — ♦ — ♦ — ♦--♦ — ♦ — «-U — m — « — ^— « — ♦-r-* 1 — ♦! — w — ♦ — — 1 

. 1 AI-llS ^ aj S Ad L AI At * ■ 



When you come to cross the great di-vide, if you have the Sav-ior at your side, 
Tho your bod - y may be racked with pain, faithful to the end you must re-main, 
When you stand before the pearl-y gate, you must nev-er doubt nor hes - i - tate , 



qtf f - Efp$ #fr Ei$#f^ 






Fine 



-T(W— ■ 



!/ b b y ^ £ 

Keep trusting in Him, He will make it all right. 

Keep trusting in Him He will make it all right. 

Jfcjtqpi^qa:^,^. J J £ $ t) ft bj* * 



^g=^. 



Chorus 






I 

Just trust in the Lord what-ev-er your care, 

Just trust in the Lord what-ev-er your care, 

3? _• _ Cs5_ 



He Will Make It All Ri^ht 



±± 



$=$ 



■ftdt 



^L^L^_^.=q_ 



:*=* 



K— m ♦'—•—♦Hi 



Get down on your knees He will answer your pray 'r; 

Get down on your knees He will answer your pray 'r ; 

-, S .1 J J* J * J -Jl * 



3 £M&M 




Tho sor-row and tears have blinded your sight, 

Tho sor-row and tears have blinded your sight, 



m 



\tz 



*— «- 






-| 1 1 ^. 



£» 



_i^_^ — ^. 



-=l-y- 



3— p— y— u- 



V— V- 



;s 



No. 23 Hear the Gall 

Copyright, 1950, by J3tamps-Baxter Music & Printing Co. 

B. B. Edmiaston in "Better Songs" S.L.Wallace 
IS . ft 



-l- 



:^e^=5=^;=3=^: 



-JB=3\ 



:2zt 



:zr 



:^=^ 



3=BE3E 



±K 



-<s>- 



*— L«=^ 



1. Christ the Lord to us is call -ing, Look up - on the fields to-day; 

2. Tru - ly great the need for work-ers, And the la-b'rers are so few; 

3. Fast this life from us is pass - ing, Soon its fleet - ing days will end; 

w -*- _Qw_ "*■- - - - -•- -■*- -£- ")•" '^ 5> -=- 



7— r- — -= — ^ r- — r-im 1— — *n 1— 

( m )l A. a a- f- a. a uk a 



i 




.— I- 



FlNE 



SLtsi 



^= ^~^ § 



£ 



25! — ad — ^t 






:q=4: 



cs: 



-&-' 



They are ripe now un - to har - vest, Go and bear the sheaves a - way. 
Hear the Mas - ter of the har - vest, Call - ing now for me and you. 
Let us haste un - to the' har- vest, Serv- ing Christ, our Lord and Friend. 

J"- k"- -»- -m- 
Ifc. ^ j r^ f- — ♦ ^-rO— 



-IK- 



1 — r 



=£: 



■— • r— 1 1 r-\ ♦ P"~ r*^ — I 

f — F — 17— D — ^ — *~ — P ^"~T^ 



D.S.-Let us join the reap - ers, sing - ing Of the hap - py 
Chorus 



har - vest home, 
D.S. 



fcz£=Tr 



MSr=*Hi=i 



=F 



H 4-r-l 1 k fr r -l---l— J — -t-irf'-n 

ad ad ad- F a! 25l 1 ad - FaJ-^^ ^ad — gfc F5 . fl 



Hear the call now clear - ly ring -ing, Bid- ding work- ers true to come; 



Hf 



:*: 



I I I 



■ fc— g— te: 



-^ fcg- ■ ■■ Iter 



I 1 I 1- 1 - 



-Hfc- -A != 1 

h 1 ^ — m- 

±=X L- I — 1~ 



I 



No. 24 Keep Me Gloser 

Copyright, 1950, by Stamps-Baxter Music & Printing Co. 
B. B. E. in "Better Songs" B. B. Edmiaston 



imm^mimm 



1. As I trav-el here a- long the pil-grim way,Meet-ing tri - als and temp- 

2. When I find my bur-dens more than I can bear, When my heart is al-most 

3. When the evening sun of life is bend-iug low, And in - to the un-known 

ft - 



z. t\ y yy g .^ p 



y y 









ta-tionsday by day, In my weakness and my con- stant need, I pray, 
bro-ken un-der care, For the strength I need I come in hum-ble prayer, 
coun-try I must go, Hold my hand, that blest as-sur-ance I may know, 



P.- 



ZjSZZJK 



E£3=£E£ 



* » .-»•. 



^m 



u y y 

Rit. e dim. ad lib. 






y y y y u ' > 

Chorus 

3^ 



T- 



ifO 






y-vr --• . 3C Ij; y j r 

Eeep me clos- er, clos- er, Lord, to Thee. Keep me clos - er, keep me 

Keep me clos • er, 



fera ten^ ^^fesi^^^ 



y i 



y y ' 

clos - er, In no 

keep me clos-er, 






— i — — h- 



oth-er is there safe-ty prom-iBed me; Keep me 




izfc 



Bit. e dim. ad lib. 
: — clos- er, clos - er .Lord , to Thee, 



y . v •:; i 
clos - er, al -ways clos - er, Keep me 

Keep me| clos- er, 

A — A— i 



No. 25 



What a Glad Day 



Copyright, 1950, by Stamps-Baxter Music & Printing Co. 
J. J. McC. in "Better Songs" J.J. McCranJe 



^-^jj^^JO-S 3 i i 2 Tj 2 1 1 3 I g -j-j 



1. When the dear Lord of heav-en's throne cornea to this world to claim His own, 

2. Cros8-es for- ev - er we'll lay down, there to re-ceive the prom-ised crown, 



r u 5 * 



^^m 



===* 



^ 



s 



rfF=F 



n g g I TT 



For the re-deemed, what a great day; 

For all the re-deemed, joy-ful day; 



1 i I i g H i Ik r L s 



^ 



£=f=i 



D.S. — For the re-deemed, for all the re-deemed, what a great day, joy-ful day; 
& N . ,. I b & f\ _^ JS 



IB ^ SB i 2 2 J J j a 



S 



S 



3=2: 



azzat 



There will be sing-ins, shont-ing, too, knowing that we shall live a -new, 

We shall there raise the tic - fry song, sing it while a - ges roll a -long, 

.m- Kv -*- -m~ -m- -m- -m- -m- . 

— i UP * i .■* m ~ ~ — — P* — 1 1 P> — ^ 



TT .it it ft it iCrH^ 

r F7 1 * W- — -rr — h — tar- 



1 



3=£ 



1 § BSfEg !'« EgJ 



fcrfc 




Dwell -in g in peace, from strife made free, prais-ing the Lord for vie - to - ry, 

k Fine 



St 



^^ 



*=* 



J=* 



^I T >. fV 



^J X J TH 



* u b b I* l# ' if r ■ p -r 

For the re-deemed, what a great day. 



For all the re-deemed, 



k I L 



I I i= 



fcfe 



joy-ful day. 



JUL 



*£ 



%-*- 



f^f 



fif 



u— tr 



F 



Chorus 



i^ 



D.S. 



1 i^ 



m 



*- 



3 i i 



#^=» 



Comes to claim us, sin all banished, 

When the Lord comes to claim His own, sor-row and Bin will all begone, 



i "^- y i - i r: rt' 'm, rr: ;: r 11 



No. 26 



Sailing on the Sea of Life 



Copyright, 1950, by Stamps-Baxter Music & Printing Co. 
Clyde Williams in "Better Songs" Amos G. Mashburn 

1. We are each one like a vea-sel, on the sea of life, Sail - ing on-ward 

2. Christ and His dis - ci - pies sailed the storm-y Gal - i - lee, In their barque to 




*m 



S3 



y y y 



y y 



:dt=^=^=^ 



sfefefe£ 



a — A j_L2~ a — S L ^ — * — *J — * — * — ^ — * — ^- J 



ev - 'ry pass-ing day; 
reach the oth - er shore; 



Je - sus is . our Cap - tian and He 
Be - ing sore a - fraid, they called the 






F^P 



3*— ff 



£=£: 



: ^= 



fcl 



It— 0- 



-W~ 



— y- — y— * 
D.S.— Let us serve the Mas - ter and His 

Fine 




£=fc 



i^^^^^^^i 



A. 4d — j£i- 



b b 



leads us thru the strife, He will safe - ly guide us all the way. 
Lord to calm the sea, Then they made their jour-ney safe - ly o'er. 

y y y y i y < y ** ** y y y y 
bless-ed will o - bey, Till we reach the land of per -feet day. 

Chorus 



*=3 






y • 

Sail - - ing on the sea of life, 

We're sail - ing, we're sail - ing this life, 

-a- -a- -a- ft ft j 

je ^e. ^— ._* h» = («. a! * m. 



=1 i* 






i=j==js==S;=js-^=|= 



I 




D.S. 



y y 






"i y y y 

Fail - - ing 

We're fail - ing, we're fail - ing 



Z b 

nev-er in the strife; 

the strife; 



No. 27 Heaven Will Be Worth It, I Know 



F. R. 



Copyright, 1950, by Stamps-Baxter Music & Printing Co. 

in "Better Songs" Fred Rich 




tefe=fc 






^==£=£=; 



r h ~dr — M— -M— J J 

H — ♦f- -♦ ♦ ♦ — ♦ 



1. As a band of Chris-tian sol - diers we are march-ing on to war, 

2. Broth-er, if your soul is bur - dened with the tri - als of this life, 

3. As we march a - long to - geth - er thru this wea - ry trou-bled land, 

-A- -A- -A- -A- -A- 




E=^S 



£=£=£=£ 



m 



-V- 



dt=±£ 



0E» 



^ ft i\ 



& 



&* 



q^ 



m 



-^'- 



Oft the path is filled with sor-row* grief and woe, with grief and woe; 
And it seems the shad - ows hide the sun's bright glow, the sun's bright glow; 
Let us look to God to help us meet each foe, to meet each foe; 



*N>-hr— -b— -hr 



-L; L" L 



=is==k=fc=k:: 



^ 



-i*~ 



*-^ 



^=P: 



1 



At— H-»-a/— , .a; — ^ — ah- tffi — *j — a — ah ■ J 

y ^ ^w- -■- -j- -a). 



y y 



We may meet with heav-y cross-es and the fight-ing may be hard, But 
Just keep pressing on with cour-age firm - ly stand-ing for the right, For 
We should ev-er be found faith-ful and for Je - sus firm -ly stand, For 




D. S. — Let us firm - ly stand for right and brave-ly fight with all our might, For 
rt Ft Fine Chorus 



ft L. T " ''k 'h P" 1 ft h P> ft N 



heav-en will be worth it, I know. Yes, heav • en will be worth it, I 

-A- -A- -A- -A;- - A- 



=t 



-L | i — £ 



y r 



tt 



±t=EE 



-£-S=- 



m*-4^z 



^5= 



zt=rn=F^=^^=^j=* 



D.S. 



w—w- 



r 



£ 



Bt 



s^q: 



know, Tho bur-dens of this life bend you low; 

I tru - ly know, may bend you low; 

-A--A- _ _ -A- -A- -A- -A- -A- -A- -A- U- I 

H 1 1*- -f*- H — -I 1 1 -I — ■ -I -I — si ^ 

i^Sbhzzg-g-h-F-zEj 

y y y y 



1 



=R: =ii : 



TT-tT-y- 



1! 



No. 28 AH My Sins Were Laid On Jesus 

Copyright, 1950, by Stamps-Baxter Music & Printing Co. 
W.A.McK. in "Better Songs" W. A. Mc Kinney 




3^ 



rrr 



1. All my sins were laid 

2. Je - sua died to pay 

3. Poor lost soul, why not 
js 



' n tr tr tr i 

on Je - (on Je • sua) sua (on Je - ana) 
my sin.- (my sin - debt) debt, (my sin- debt) 
be - lieve (be - lieve Him) Him, (be- lieveHim) 



gi ^ ^ 



m 



-^—m- 



( * ! *;*- 



§■ | r C C C U 



I: 



i 



^ ^ mm 

mH a » 



' ■ M X 



*=P 



I*' 



And with 
Poor nn 

Je - bus 



Him 
wor 
■aid 



nailed 

w 



r i r 



to 
•onl 
died 



the cross, the crass; 
am I, am I; 
for yon, for yon; 



m 



*£=* 



§ 



£ 



^ 



^=g 



S 



£E* 




_i — _ — -j-i 



rr 



God's word tella it, 



*i u y 

be-lieve (be- Here 



it) 



t F rj (7 

it, (be- lieve it) 



Brought me out from nn - der bond- (from bond-age) age (from bondage) 
trust Him, and re-ceive (rs -ceiveHim)Him (re -ceive Hun) 




HH 



g g g 



I I I I 



; ^V etc "DOG 

rote the third (the third day) day (the third day) 
Fink Crowd 



1 



JTT 



iiJ.uh Hi 



a=: 



?TT 



I shall nev-er suf-fer losa.real loss. 
And I know I'll neT-er die, ne'er die. 
For you know His word is true, so true. 



Je - sua shed His Wood to 



f , i» - 



:=^ds 



5 iy l a a « - — - 



fe*=£ 



P 



v— 1< U B 



r e g rrr 



Jus - ti- fled me by His grace, His grace. 



u 



MH 



m 



, . *-». . P> 



D,8i 



1 



Sf S 3 3 2 30 



me, On the cross He took my place; 



-=*-*- 



to save me, to save me, 



my place ,0 praise Him , 



b^-ir-it i t 1 1 it g gg| g ferTTlkT fe = fl 



: FFp 



No. 29 



Look to the Gross 



Copyright, 1950, by Stamps-Baxter Music & Printing Co. 
Rev. Rupert Cravens In "Better Songs" Willie Mae Vinaoa 

& Thurman May 



P^^ 



£=& 



m 



^^=5t 



=t 



£ 



i 



s* 



2=* 



? 5 * g 



1. Look to the cross where the Sav - ior was slain, There He died for the 

2. Look to the cross where a -tone-meat was made, By the of -f ring ei 

3. Look to the cross for sal-va-tion to free, "lis the hope of the 



@e£e£ 



5=.p — p — p — p — p — h-t == * = - 

F-i h h 1 h ■!-■*•* h *- 



-■■ »- 



^ ) — l 1- 1 ) »-+* f> — P — P P — * 

4 P ■ i ~i ■ p t= 5 5 i fr^v 

y U I y r 



PH 



ifa 



^ 



i 



r*- 



fag^ t* ^ s j 



*=#*=£ 



sin - ful race; Bro - ken in heart.crushedwithan - gnish and pain, 
God's own Son; Sin with its sor - row on Him there was laid 
souls a - stray; Trust in the blood that was shed there for thee, 



J-± 



-fc 



t± 



£ 



E-sc 






it 



± 



*=ft 



Chosui 



i f'L 1 1 1 1 j'N-* i j i J 'j J'£ 



Bat the cross He en- dared in our place. 

As He snf - fered to sate ev - 'ry one. Look to the cross where Hi 

Turn a • bout, seek the Sav - ior to day. 



gg^ 






pj=j 



£ 



te4 

-* a#--b-4 



t a H i 



■ t ■ 



* * * t t ± 



f 



died in our place, seek ye the foun- tain wide; Come, come to -day 



I* I T 



B i k 



£ 



£ 



^p 



E 



"S>T^ 



e z r r t ^Tr r e 




*=p 



j=^ J I J'l j n II 



±=3=^ 



< L$ 1 -— ^ =^zg=^=3 



while He of - fers His grace, You'll re-joice when His blood is ap- plied. 



m 



hfe 



■i* — i*- 



f 



j^ — aw — -> — hw — ■». — few_ g s: 



P c 




No. 30 



Am Waiting For Him 



Copyright, 1950, by Stamps-Baxter Music & Printing Co. 
E.T.I. in "Better Songs" E. T.Isbell 






1. I am wait-ing for Je - sus the Sav-ior to come, the time may be 

2. what won-der-ful love Je-sus showed on the cross, When He died there for 

3. On the third day He rose, conquered death and the grave,Now all power is 

IjZ jg ■ | g -fii — m — £ — i 1 — -S-|-i-^ — I 1 

-[ b— ff-rV— »- — b* — 






-£H*- 






draw-ing nigh, yes, nigh; I'll keep sing-ing and serv-ing, be read-y to go 
you and me, yes, me; Left His home up in glo-ry, re - veal-ing God's love, 
His for aye, for aye; He is com-ing to earth, to re-ceive all His own, 



tH-£ 



W&z 



:«K 






@Z tuZZIIZZIylZlfZZZy H- Rte fct he 1k~I 



Chorus 






-A—, 



i— r 



£= 



I. i I - • y P " ".' U 

When He calls me, Come home, on high, on high. 
That we might be from sin made free, made free. 
What a won-der - ful crowning day, great day. He is com-ing some day,with Him 



i»- -i — > — ♦- - 3 - -♦- 

^StifczEezzNE=N=^=te=p===-fe: 



l^^Ml 



ifes 







He will take all His chil- dren home; 
we'll fly a - way, up home; Hal-le- 

ft I h -m- -m- fr w -m- 

J—.-: A-;-:=- r A( A. 1 A/ 1A A — pi 1 1 



:t: 



*&= 



i I i 



V i gr L 

Where no sor-row nor sin can come, 
lu-jahs we'll sing, praising Je-sus the King, e'er come. 



iSfezzzi: 



Szz^fez"^ 




No. 31 



Beautiful Home 



Copyright, 1950, by Stamps-Baxter Musie & Printing Co. 
W. M. DeV. in "Better Songs" W. M. DeVanghan 



5 -*: 



m. 



±P^Z% 



m 






1. Beau-ti - ful home jast o - ver the sea, Man-sions of glo - ry 

2. Wait - ing am I to en - ter that home, Where from the Sav-ior 

3. Soon I'll be cross-ing o - ver the foam, With my Re-deem-er, 



:t: 






■5" — I — 



Tr- Y—i 



:t: 






IA bfc- 






-jj 1 -w-^5 — b -■• 1 — at — 

"* =g — g ? -^ — ? — ^ 



^=* 



wait-ing forme; When I shall reach the end of earth's way, I shall go 
nev- er I'll roam;Wait-ing to go, with loved ones to stay In that sweet 
in - to that home; When I shall reach that won-der - ful shore, Je-sus, my 



SgflP^ 



t 



joz 



Br-I- 



t= 






.A. „A. -A- -A. _-- 

a Pa-ia- 

rr fc—t— 



-t 



tE£= 



Chorus 






-2 -3—^; 



there for - ev - er to stay. 

home, some won-der -ful day. Bean-ti - ful home, the home of the soul, 

Lord, lli ev - er a - dore. 



m=A 



&$: 



:E_fc-t=— fer 

1 u i u 



I-a — tJk A — yk Mk- 



:£=£: 









l:=I 



sf=W 



£— 1-uJ— 1— p= 






Pre - pared and wait - ing up there for me; There I shall live while 



&• 



— i 1 1 



hfc Uk I* !A— P* * * 1 H* Mk Mk— Mfcr 



S= 



i=P 



*= 



^_J- 






a - ges shall roll, From sin and sor - row for - ev - er free. 

-A. ^. .A- -~. _ -A- .a. .a. .a. _A. .«_ 



W=£ 






:=:£: 



I^IH 



No. 32 



E.G. 




I'm Moving Over Jordan 

Copyright, 1950, by Stamps-Baxter Music & Printing Co. 

in "Better Songs" Eli Gordon 



if* 3=5=3 . g-gjz^zzg PS=^ i=^-|~ J- R-^P 



1. This land I'll soon be leav-ing, I'mmov-ing o - ver Jor-dan, Yes, I shall 

2. Soon all my beav-y bur-dens I'll lay a - side for - ev-er, For I'll be 

3. I'm mov-ing to the coun-try where love light is the cen-ter,The promised 




cross the riv - er to live for aye; There flow-ers bloom for - ev - er, and 
liv - ing yon - der, all free from care; I'm press-ing ev - er on-ward, and 
land where life- giv-ing wa - ters flow; In -to that land e - ter-nal, no 

.r> -*», _h _ _ ..... 

:2pz 







all is peace and glo-ry, 1 have not long to lin-ger a - long the way. 
have no cause to wor-ry, The road leads straight to heaven, I'll soon be there.- 
sin can ev - er en-ter, And chill - y winds of win-ter shall nev - er blow. 

P— t^. :*: -»- -♦-. 

A— = Arf— b* 1 1-1 : 1 

-js-fzzgz r* z^z F - \— z 5^3 

y i y y y y I 

D.S. — I have not long to lin - ger a - long the way. 
Chords 



eE^:3=g-fcs=rt5:— ^szzzi^=:£ESfcz^|| 



I'm mov-ing o - ver, o - ver Jor-dan, For-ev - er with my 

mov-ing 



.-. jIZZE-ZZ-ZZ^ 







t=t-t«: 



y y y IT 



--r N -d --i l-j ' h!-- | -J ! = ?^ : = r b -j— F rfl 



Sav - ior there I shall stay; I'm mov-ing o - ver, o - ver Jor-dan, 

mov-ing 



Tr ■ — r»~ — F=-g — ■ s: 



5=t= 




It Cleanseth Thee 

ips-Baxter 
3tter Songs 



No. 33 

Copyright, 1950, by Stamps-Baxter Music & Printing Co. 
W.M. G. in "Better Songs" Wayne M. Garrison 

-. — * — r» ._ > — =^h^-^~ *— fir —- S —J L h 



y y y y 



<5>- 

y y p 



y y 



HI 



1. The blood of Christ on Cal r va - ry Was shed that 

2. wan-d'ring friend turn now fnjm sin The door stands 

3. What more could He have done for man His death re- 



M: 



=i — »- 



F=P=?^pr^~ tz=£=p 



:£r== 



fr-y-trH 7 - 



t: 



&&££& 



:*—•: 



■^-y-y-y-y- — tt— 



-U 



y y y 



r#rF 






y y"y y y i ** y y y y 

man might be made free For you the debt 

wide come, en - ter in From e - vil's chains 

veals sal - va - tion's plan He's say - ing, Come 



g-3-y-y-y-y 



-t=P=t 



£=£ 






.yzy. 



-y-y-> 



c — =: 



■—MlfCMZgL 



D. S.— turn from sin 



-trtrtnr- 



Fine 



<J \J J \J <S ^ ^*^ ^ ' y y ^ y y 



J J V 'J V - - - - y y 

of sin He paid Ac-cept the gift that He has made 

He'll make you free The blood of Christ it cleanseth thee 

find life in me The blood of Christ it cleanseth thee 



-A- -A A-A-^-A- 



*fH 



^k-k-kE — = — 

-y-y-Fy-- 1 ^— 



-y— y— '- 1 

and be made free The blood of Christ it cleanseth thee 

. Chorus 



• L i , i , i , -i I H-l-/\- 

— t i y y -y - 1 — ^ — » -t- a 
y y ^ 



p 



&**££ 



1 






^ — ^- 



There 
ft 



y y y y 

There's par -don now for one and all, 

'spar-don now for one and all, 



ft ~£s- 



'■j j -py- 



i 

-u — J 




JU^fi-JV^ 



D.S, 



Cr-f- 



IPp3^iii=pi 

y y y t^ y y y 



Who will o - bey 



love's plead-ing call; 



:_gl — ^_ «— P=S V-f~ f* 

— i- 



y — y— !-*>- 

— V 



love's plead-ing call; 

znts_ 

— \r 



•f — y- 



No. 34 We'll Be Sin^in^ 

Copyright, 1950, by Stamps-Baxter Music & Printing Go. 
John L. Shrader in "Better Songs" Pat H. Baxter 



1. I have read of a land on yon der's bright strand, Lovely homewhereno 

2. I know it will be sweet, when yon-der we meet , With our loved ones to 
Sri am hap-py to know, as on-ward I go, My dear Sav - ior will 







xs 



^ZZ J* 



one 

be 
hold 



r 

grows old, no one old; 
at home, be at home; 
my hand, hold my haud; 



i^E 



f=£= 



:=£ 



-m S m 1 m— 



=tl 



fcjs 



rzferrf=jz=| 



On some won - der - ful 
We shall hear harps of 
1 shall nev - er turn 

■*.- -afc- A- 

j . -| -I 



gz=gzrE!=:r— Lr — fr-Ffr — 1~ 



day, I'm 
gold sweet 
back, tho 



:js: 



- — 3 — .J m—u-i — -- -m—m. 



Fine Chords 




gEfeS 



y t/ i 

go -ing a - way, Heaven's beau-ties I shall be-hold, shall be-hold. I'll be 
mu -sic, I'm told, Where no sor-row can ev - ercomp, ev- er come, 
storm clouds are black, I shall en-ter fair Ca-naan's land, Ca-naan's land, 

-A- -ak- _ _ -A- -A- -A- -A- N 

.| -,—. -)SK. -s§- kl 5 ^- -■ - 



^m 



aH^$=^^ 



D.Sd — We'll be sing-ing at home a-bove, home a-bove. 

Xj_ 1_ y CI A S— L Ai A Ai A*—* 



-♦ — r^" — ♦ tr — -♦ — <♦ — r** — i* 



sing-ing, We'll be sing-ing of sav -ing 

Sing-ing while a- ges roll, sing-ing God's praise, 






BJIr==: 






>— 5F 1 *- 



31 



crr~*~T 

love; Joy bells ring-ing, 

sav -ing love; Riug-ing in ev 



rTH ^T ^i 



ry soul, thru end-less days, 

fa*. 4 






?=£=F= 



No. 35 Giving the World a Son£ 

Copyright, 1950, by Stamps-Baxter Music & Printing Co, 
L. G. P. in "Better Songs" Lather G. Presley 



3 

1. 

2. 
3. 



-V-m — m ,,m—m—-m \-^ — -« — *> — <— — - -3— » ™-tL. w A 

*t- #• I— i y I y 



I'm in the g!o - ry way,press-ing a -long 
Brighter the path will shine with guiding rays, 
Hap-py my soul will be when I get there, 



To that home 



To that home 



tr-tr- y— ' 



f* ^*. 



▲ _iA_ii_is _ a z A_rzj 
tr-l — fc— & — &~ t- 









' JU -J-i 



!T y r tt y 
bove; 



h J ' >J 4J-LjL-J1^ 

-« - ♦ — ♦ t- ti^ ~~ •" — ♦- L — " 3 — —=* — 



Serv-ing the Lord each day,sing- tag a 8ong, 
Sweet-er this heart of mine will sing the praise 
bove, home a-bove,np yon-der:Sing-ing e-ter-Dal-ly in man-sions f air 
•* is /"* 

•< -A- -Jk- -A- -A- -rfk- -A- I -Jk- 



-g-g-» s 3 

— J" — I 1 

J— I — g— 



u — h — i i* — !*- 



|zz t= -tz:£:=S-it*t=SzrCq 



-&— P~t? 



Chorus 



— i >. r ' ' ' =*t— 1 ■ -mm n 

' Z =lfrf5=r ^Jz==== 4 

y ,' y i iy i y I y y i7 tJ . 



Oi His pre - cious love. 

Of His pre- cious sav-tag love. Giv-ing the world a song, 




-A- 



r-l- 






J- 



=3 



SP 



I walk each day, In the light di 

with Je-sus, In the light di-vine, light di-vine; 



vine; 



-a- ft ft ft -a- 



:— 2B-^ — 1 r " 



—♦-1 — 1 — h-+-- 
y I y y y 



»3-=R 



ac-aM 



r y 'l t y l y i 



I'm glad to say Heav - en now is mine. 
Giving the world a song Heav - en now is tru-lymine. 



j r 



m 



bk t~ Si: 



it: 






;— g p-r^-gzJLi^zz-M 

(Z *- p » «- — ■ £ JJ 



No. 36 I'll Leave My Troubles Here Below 

Copyright, 1950, by Stamps-Baxter Music & Printing Co. 

in "Better Songs" Jesse Cook 



J. C. 



-♦- -♦»- -o- -♦<- ^ -♦- -♦- 7 -♦<- IT* 






1. Soon I'll leave my troubles in thisval - ley here be - low, They will both-er 

2. There will be no sor-row o- ver on that hap- py shore, God wi 1 take our 

3. I shall meet my f a-ther and my moth-er o - ver there, Where ail sep-a- 







T 



ft ft 






y 

me, no nev - er more, no more for-ev-er; I am so - ing to the land where 

trou-bles all a -way, a - way for-ev-er; We shall dwell with J e-sus. and we'll 

ra - tions will be o'er, be o'er for-ev-er; With the saints oi a - ges heaven's 

ft ft ~ ^. 
._ ^j _^_ A — *~rw — A — m — ■ — ^ C A — a — >•« — a— , 

•^ lJ lJ i i ii ii ii it 




ft ft 



■J J \J ij 
ft ft ft 



y y 



y y y y 

Fine 



— _ — m — « — ^_i ™ ^ — I — — — -^-L — -^-- -■ 



liv - ing wa-ters flow, O-ver on that peace-ful hap-py shore, bright shore, 
meet our friends of yore, In thatper-fect land of end-less day, bright day. 
rich-es we shall share, When the toils of earth can come no more, no more. 




_I_J_4 , 

rcA m. — -j 




D.S.— Where we nev- er can grow old nor die, nor die. 
Chorus 

ft ft ft r> ft 



BEE5z*L3K-2Sl E2raE!!j M - U-^r.7A~git^ -5 "* ?T=3 - * "&r*i 



Soon I'll leave my troubles here be-low, Soon I'll bid this sin-ful world good- 

be-low, 

^. -♦..♦..♦. -^ ♦. *-*-♦-„ — r I s 

/ wr Br- 14k- Bk-l*-lifc-Mk— i^J— ^^- r -> -■ A r-mi—^-mt—js—ml—mi A A -. 

y i? U" 



-*—»■ 



D.S. 



» 



B&*=i 



£ 



=!-*■ 



rrr 



W3** 



-♦- -♦- -♦- -♦- ^ -♦- -•- ^ -♦- ^ 



by; Soon I'll meet my friends and loved ones that I used to know, 

good-by for-ev-er; 



*-y y u 17 y y u U y u y 7^Ty> 



No. 37 There Is Glory In My Soul 

Copyright, 1950, by Stamps-Baxter Music & Printing Co. 
A.H. E. in "Better Songs" A. H. Elliott 






1. Since the Sav-ior came and fonnd me, placed His loving arma a - ronnd me, 

2. To His might-y hand I'm cling-ing, bells of joy are al-ways ring-ing, 

-A- -A- -A- 

ir- 



*=fc 



= i=z2^x_ 35=1:: is=2z=tszz 



p— U y t£=D 



-Pl 



-£ — i — --♦ — " m — ♦ — 3. — «- — « — «4t«! ^h-7" 



There ia glo - ry bub-b'Iing o - ver in my soul; 

my hap - py soul; 

■ H& > J—W ** J y— — b>< y CHS 1— - L . 1 h — h — I — J 

* \j ij V J \ 

D.S.— Since the bless - ed Lord re-deemed and made me whole, He made me whole; 



&-n — M— -^ F« — h— « — h — m 1 ft — i \ -J — p-d p-a — FH 

At "- L A A A. A, ^— L^—^y — ^ — *< — *• — AH-J 

I am on my way re - joic-ing, hap - py prais-es I am voic-ing, 
Since He ban-isued all my sad-ness, gave me ho - ly peace and glad-ness, 



r.-u-* — ^-H ^-| i ^ — "P — I* sr — »*-r!*-^sr-(*— ts~ f~ -»n 



c£^ 



I am on my way to glo • ry, and I'm sing -ing love's sweet sto-ry, 
*■!*■*. » Fine 



-fl — R 1 - 1-jrj 1 -5 R 1- 1 K 1 



There is glo - ry bub-b'ling o - ver in 



ZX- 



my soul. 



^Efe£=£^t: 



adZZjg K_p£ 5SZZ5 



■J-*L 




Chorus 



17 y y y 



y y y y 
my hap-py soul. 
£ [* P P J 



y 

n— P-r 



KE53 -i- \z^2=s— a =s — *— ?— 3 



D.S. 




There is glo - ry bub-b'ling o - ver in my soul, 



my hap - py soul, 

-A- 



\y U U 



i — g — i — | — h— i — r* - ^ - ! — i ?~ 31 
b — a — b- b L7— br-E-i r- r - r-F- fl 



y 



No. 38 



My Savior's Hand on Mine 



Copyright, 1950, by Stamps-Baxter Music & Printing Co. 
Rev. Alfred Barratt in "Better Songs" W. Lee Higglns 






1. Once mvpath was drear fraught with grief and care, Now I see the gold-en 

2. When I'm sore op-prest, He gives peace and rest, I am strengthened by Hia 

3. He will guide me right thru the day and night, He is ev-er in the 

4. What so e'er be -tide He is by my side, I need nev-er mur-mur 



▲ — m- 



-z- fc-FE- E- is — E— E-R — ■■*— g - g — r- 
y U I i I y y i r y y 



-jz~b~ 






>-&---- 



love -light shine; I can ne'er be sad, for I'm al - ways glad, 

grace di-vine; He dis-pels my fear, fills my soul with cheer, Withmy 

con-q'ring line; I am brave and strong, as I press a - long, 

nor re -pine; I shall reach my home o'er the roll - ing foam, 

crj— r — gg~ _ar r&-i — ; r^ — A A — A ~ i A — fe A — * — * — l?T3 




K 



Chorus 



lov - ing Sav-ior's hand on mine. With my lov - ing Sav - ior's hand on 



■p^i — i — ^-— 17— i7~j7"fe^^ Frr-t^— r~F~r~<^ 

i I* y y u y y r 

-==F-F-r-"-" .s-ntts- *-j.-*--3.-|»-f-r-*-»- c 



mine, With my lov - ing Sav-ior's hand on mine, lean nev-er stray 
on mine, on mine, 



y y y y I • » . ' ■•• • 




'J[Lh 



ft*- -s--*-ft 3 *- -♦- ^ -*- I I 



from the nar-row way, With ray lov - ing Sav • ior's hand on mine. 

on mine. 



7-rj i#»-1S" I -Ba F-^A r-4b A A -sr 



:t± 



j^_4 



f< 



IS 



No. 39 I'm Getting Ready Now 

Copyright, 1950, by Stamps-Baxter Music & Printing Co. 
H.A. C. in "Better Songs" H.A.Camp 

« — m — -J 2 — y — ♦ — -P— ^ P-P— " J— ^ — r F— H-- - h — P-^— 

-j -"— ^ — " — i — ^— g P* A ~^~n~^ F* "3-5-3— 

m — *«— 3 — =■* — a — g c^_^_=, =*«— ^ l^— ^ * * .. 

1. I've a love - Iy man-sioD wait-ing by the crys-tal sea, Je-sus is pre- 

2. What a hap - py meet-ing, com-ing, o-ver in that land, When we meet our 

3. All our sor-rows o-ver, o-ver in that land of song, With the saints and 

p» — »■— I — S— 

L> H-— U 





par-ing man - y, one is for me; 
loved ones, with the great ran-somedband; 
an -gels, an- gels, glad praise pro-long; 



Soon I shall be go-ing, 
Hal - le - lu - jahs ring-ing, 
Nev - er more to wan-der,: 



nr^— f— * 



m*^&m 



Wzr&Z&EZZZZpJKL S— fcz=fcz=£zi£:=z£z= 

H — —J- <-. 1 1 t — I l -i 1 1 1 1 1 



y y v ;u ; y y 
D.S.— Say that you will meet me, 



-fL-fiL-P- 






ft ft P 



SM. 



tp- 



:(=- 



y y y 

go-ing where no sin can come, 

ring-ing, and no part-ings come, 

nev-er, nev-er more to ro^m, I'm get-ting read 

^z^-E^zz^— g -y — *-z z=: F =— zzz;— =^r_ 



Read-y now, read-y now to 
y now 



I 



meet me,where no tears we'll know, 
- ■ - * i k Fine Choeus 



-£- 



~M— A- 



— * E^zzzzz=fE2=^^^=g=2=3= 



7^" 



go 



o-ver home. Get - ting read - y, read-y to 

I am get -ting read - y, read-y, 

u* — «. rj— -4-r i ■ <♦— * r^— <*—*»- 

I ^H y y y y y y ^ 

r> h.V'-rv W---D.S. 




^te^ 



-Ji-H 



y * 

ting read-y 
withJe-sns, I am get -ting read-y, read-y 



F 



jj^fc 



1 



no more to roam; 



te 



-HA — * A--Wk <A — A — I (~ - 

-h- — h — h — t- — i h — y — y— *- 



T^-V-H-* 



y y 



z==-:t r 



5-^E-z 



{7-r— tr 



No. 40 



Beautiful Gity 



Copyright, 1950, by Stamps-Baxter Music & Printing Co. 
J.W. P. in "Better Songs" J. W. Payte 



9 « « h©— • — ■ ■— 



-=J 4- 



_2J <b-L^ J ^ «j s; ^_J 



1. There is a land 

2. Someday we'll move 

3. la that fair land 






far be - yond this vale of tears, A home pre- 
far a - way from this old world, To that fair 
nev - er comes a pain or care, No storm-y 



*=£z* 



V=- 



£=£ 



*= 



S3 



a— 4- 




^:£=:&=£ 



*=5fc$: 



=p 



-♦—♦—♦ — 



-=i — **- 



w y S i r ■ i z 

by the Sav-ior's hand; A ci - ty fair, 

o'er the mys- tic foam; With saints of old 

there can ev - er blow; No weep - ing eyes, 



$=& 



:ti=t 




is 






be-decked with jew -els rare, A man-sion of rest, home of rest, in glo - ry 
we'll walk the streets of gold, U-nit-ed with friends, with our friends no more to 
for there no - bod - y dies, There noth-ing but joy, joy, great joy and peace we'll 




fe ^^i 



y> V y <j 

D.S.— U-nit-ed with friends.with our friends, a-round the 
Fine Chorus ^ |> j, f» *» 

I — u y 5 d* 



land, bright land, 
roam, to roam, 
know, we'll know. bean - ti 



=t 



ci - ty so bright, 

ful ci • ty, home of 

^r-rg— * g T~ — — — - 





de- 



»t 



t- u y 



bzd 




throne, God's throne. 



A A L A j* — ^ A. 



JW7 



home of de • light, A man-sion di - vine, sad 

light, A man-sion di - vine, sad part-ings un- 

1 n ,JJ JJ 



■ r 5 



^r— EC 



^=E 



& 



?3tEp 



Beautiful Gity 



^ 5 — ii-^ =1 i A-t| f—ty 



3^_ 



D.B. 



53=S^5 



|gE 



art-ings nn-known;Sweet peace and love in that fair home a - bove, 

own; , Sweet peace and love, fair home a - bove, 

r> J d * 



No. 41 






-aj — P- 3K 



He Is Our Savior 



Copyright, 1950, by Stamps-Baxter Music & Printing Co. 
B. B, Edmiaston, Cho. C.C.B. in "Better Songs" Cfaas. C. Bowman 




=3 



h -P-| ' . ■• ! — ■( ~* H I It 



*t 



:^_— 






1. In - to earth's dark-ness, light gleams from heav-en Point-ing to 

2. An-gels an-nounced Him, shep-herdsre-ceived Him, Wise men with 

3. He went to Cal - v'ry, dy - ing for sin - ners, Now He is 

h h- rv' — . -.*-• -^- -P- -ite- ^ , . i ^. -*t- -i*- 
ggrg-gi-^-FfciaG=|z=tz==:tzzcfcr^^rg— |s=r|g 

gfer-=t 3i=^ pcz=L:— TL-T.—T.- pi ' ^— ^ 

-°— c — ■ y — y — y 



Cal 

joy 
call 



■v'ry 

made 
- ing 



r ^ _— ft— ft- H ^=I~^=^=^Th=J — -h — E— -fc pfe^l 
-4 1 — ^ — ■*- FJ— -^r-« 1 — ♦- h I . »i — Z M— ■# — ♦>— F— - — hi 

_A g A — F5~; ^i-A I A! gj— F ^ — — ^ . jj 5_ — hV p— ' 'H 



y u 

and to the cross, Where the dear Sav - ior died for our par - don, 

of - f 'rings of love; When He was tempt-ed, an-gels at - tend - ed, 

all to be - lieve; All who will trust Him, and hum-bly fol - low, 

ft- -ft- J&T^UJ*- jfL. ■ 4L. JL- -«- -pi. 

y- 



-y- 



&£^ 



t7 y y ' 




D. S.— Heav - en - ly sun -light con-quer-ing dark-ness, 
Fine Chorus 



_j w n _k ! 

— * — *— c *tr*- 



Of - fer - ing free - dom from all our dross. 
Com-fort-ing Him the Lord from a - bove. 
In - to His fold He'll sure - ly re - ceive. 



He is our Sav -ior, 



:s3£i£==t— — 



f^rcS 



' l> Li — T t3 — ^ — •- — y — y- — y— "T^i-p^ 



y y 

He is our Sav - ior, praise His dear name. 




r^r^r-H Ta=i 



~i 



*i — «-s 1- 1 - 



*y- -a-- 1 — ju 



-Sj — ^j_ 

-3 



=t 



->*-s- 



„ — «- 

-3 *.- 



D.S. 



won - der - ful Sav -ior, Un - to the end He's ev - er the same; 







tz= 



£|^IS 



No. 42 "Lord, I'm Ready to Go Home" 

Last words of Robert, son of Mr. & Mrs. O. V. Grice, 

who departed this life Sept. 29, 1949 

Copyright, 1950, by Stamps-Baxter Music & Printing Co. 

L. G. P. in "Better Songs'* Luther G. Presley 






=*?■*=* 



irt^zz- y g ^— — : 

* t» y '/ ; S ^^ y -' y y y * 

1. I've trav-eled here in a land of sor-row,land of sor-row.Had my 

2. I have a home that will stand e - ter-nal, stand e - ter-nal,Wnerethe 

3. From this vain world ... I will soon be leav-ing,soon be leav-ing,Leav-ing 



u 




iiy ' * yyyy * 




share... of pain and woe; I'm look- ing now for a bright to- 
sweet - est flow-ers grow; Up there I'll live with the King su- 

friends . . that I love so, This is my pray'r they will not be 



5EBt:y-_£=te-fe-^ 




•» i* w •*> *«•>" 

y y ' i y 

mor-row, bright to- mor- row,Lord,I'm read - « 
per - nal, King su - per - nal, 
griev-ing, not be griev-ing, Lord, I'm read -y 

_ A A. — m — A — A 1^-'—± -*-—■+ 

— tr~y— 

'-nr4J L-rvA 



y now to go. 




to go. 



fct-t 



— y- {^A 



IJ 



? — — p r*~r*" ' — i — « ■— ^-« 



I'm read-ynow, yes, in-deed I am read-y, 

Dear Lord, I'm read y, yes, I'm read-y, Forthat 

-♦ I P 1 t £ ! — ♦ »— H 

- — y — ^ ml, pi— ifc- Mb - •— _ y_j 
$ 5 D^y - ^ - ^ 



-1 *. uk-bki— a — 

-« 1 — F— i — i 



> z=Ez"i5zatfe3 z^-E^|^-iiz^-^=7tzrzzt^zz=zz==^ft=— ^zi5z 
i - ^y y y y y lj ' ^ -i> ;J y y 



For that land across the f oam ; I'm read-y now, 

land mystic foam;Dear Lord, I'm read - - y, yes, I'm 



! ! P 
fr-fu3 ff-g^CTg h ■ F-3-szzz -^t:=t:-Ez|=zgz»=3 

^5—' — -^"^V-i f K t-| y— ^— y S f. yk— a * 1* -=• A 

9 y y yyyy 



"Lord, I'm Ready to Go Home" 

^* t -y ' I y V I I y 

yes. in- deed I am read-y,Lord,rm read - - y to go home, 
read-y, Lord, I'm read -y o-verhome. 

p P y y y T ^ S i — y 



Want to See Heaven 

ar M 
ngs' 



4 — i 1 1 — -m s~ r m — m 1 — -^— rS — w- 



No. 43 

Copyright, 1950, by Stamps-Baxter Music & Printing Co. 
Luther G.Presley in "Better Songs" _. James L. Palmer 

1. This life is filled with trou-ble and woe, Sor-row we find wher- 

2. I shall be hap - py at set of snn, If I the crown of 

3. Man - v dear loved ones will greet me there, Sor - row be o - ver 

I — D — I — f^ 1 ^— ■ — fT— t — C D — I"- 




ev - er we go; Je-sos has gone a place to pre-pare, They say that 
life shall have won: Glo-ry is wait - ing for all the true, Yon-der where 
end-ed all care; Hap-py for - ev - er be -fore the throne, In my new 

*&■ — W — ■ — F- — I — 1-a — ia — a — a — I h* — m - — 1* — I rs* — 1 1 

— k'L v V~i~!7~r~~ p ~V-r"~ir~^ ^ » 

D. S.— I want to live there while a - ges roll, In God's sweet 
Fine Chorus 



u-k-j 1-r-P— I ft—. - c 




Want 



all is glad-ness np there, 
all things will be made new. 
man-sion live on and on. I Want to see heav-en, 

o. / i 1 — I- — i 1 — i — y=\ — 1--3 — =i — =i — i — i — « 

fr F T D D~tr- y 



to see that won-der - fa) 



heav-en, home of the soul. 





place, Want to go and share in God's grace; 

np yon-der, I want to see heav-en and glo - ry; 

A m ~ « ^- ft ft 



g* 



3—-- 



J* "> Fnr^r&T 



u t u 



^— y i j 



a 



-y-fc 



No. 44 The Old Time Way 

Copyright, 1950, by Stamps-Baxter Music & Printing Co. 
L. D. Bassett, Jr. in "Better Songs" W. Jarvis Maxey 







1, I would like to go just for a day, hear the peo- pie sing the old time 

2. I would glad - ly give my last lone mile just to go and lis -ten lor a- 



±bz! 



4- ig t — A 



p-f-$-w 



- ,A A A_,A pA a ^ ___A_ -^ _ _ 



— i — ^ — i— *i — i — »— -=— fej- — 



-jr*— 

way, Hal - le - lu- jahs sbont-ing, and no- bod - y doubt-ing pow'r in 
while, Here some old time preacbing.just the sim- pie teach-ing of God's 

JbjE EJ: — lz£ — gzj:=^ziLfrzzgz zfc) — g— U 



■# 






£=£ 






-^■%3; 



prayer,in prayer; See a beam of joy on ev - 'ry face when they sing the 
word, God's word;Man-y friends of those old days have gone, as the years kept 






-Mk 1* -A. A. A> *-r-*fc A A kfc — 

3— tr~D— t7~D-f sr-3-r-*- 



D.S. — How I'd like to wan -der back to-day, join them as they 







song,"A- maz-ing grace, "Precious gos-pel leav -en, it is just like heav- en 
mov-mg on and on; How we loved each oth-er, ev-'ry-one a broth- er 



, s . . A — a — A- L * - m . A . A- 1 a_aj_a_a_a_a — ^ 



y (J ^ 
meet to 




p «—_uy :> p_ ^ i^ ^ : 1 ^ 

sing and pray, Share the blessings giv- en— it would be like heaven 

Fine Chorus k k , 

,66^ 1 J* J I 

-A' !--< h— I r— I "--f! — 1 — =1 |- — * 

». Kit itt y ^ " y s t \y H 

to be there.be there. I'm a lit- tie old-fashioned, this 1 

in 



=t 



& 



J 'J 'J y 
be there.be there. I'm a lit- tie 
the Lord, the Lord. I'm a lit- tie bit old-iasbioned now, this I know, I 



1 



A* -A. -A A>_A ▲ A -▲ 



to be there.be tbere. 



g- b -p- ! .-H-tr-p - g- ^-giS 



The Old Time Way 



D.S. 




u b y 



u y 

know, And my steps are grow-ing might - y slow; 

sure-ly know, • My steps are grow-ing might- y slow, yes, slow; 




No. 45 Give Them Flowers While They Live 

Copyright, 1950, by Stamps-Baxter Music & Printing Co. 
B.E. F. in "Better Songs" B. E. Fulmer 

A. 




-J-l 5 n — 



1. Oft we for - get to give a flow - er, give a flow - er to some 

2. Fa-thers with steps be-com-ing fee - ble, slow and fee-ble, should have 

3. Our dar - ling moth-ers, old and gray - ing, old and gray- ing, all our 




Wea - ry pil-grim homeward bound; 
Our re - spect and ar-dent love; 
Bur- dens with us glad- ly share, 



But when they lie in death's cold 
Soon from their children they'll be 
Can not re- main with us much 



:£: 



D.S.— Joy and com-fort to them give; 



9 P p tj i u e y 



:c=t 




Strew them a - long their drear- j 
Fine 









j 3 



=32 



^ . a B__aa a 






slam ber, death 's cold slumber, then we Spread lovely flow-ers all a-round. 
leav - ing,they'llbeleav-in?,for the fceau-ti-ful re-gions up a-bove. 
long - er, not much long-er,soon they'll Leave in the home a vacant chair. 




y y W J w 1 

path- way , drear- y path-way, let us Give them the flowers while they live. 
Chobus 

> 1 > p r* s . * d.s. 



H-J-- 




Give them the flow-ers while they're living, 

while they're living, it will 

•0- itw -^- ^ 

F* K =t — » — as 






■fcr=* 



No. 46 



That Lovely Gity 



Copyright, 1950, by Stamps-Baxter Music & Printing Co. 
H. W.S. in "Better Songs" H.W. Sloan 






tefc 



*3t 



-i^ L «— ■— •— ■—■ j — y — j 



1. There's a bright e - ter - nal ci - ty out a- cross the star - ry way, With its 

2. - ver in that love - ly ci - ty, where the day is al-ways fair, Flow the 

- .,*_ _«- _«_ .j-.. •_ _/«_ .^_ .^ .^ .^ j^ _N 



jfe^ 



iT IT 




•£-jL_ f! 



fcft=* 



*— PL 






II] -J -*E 



man-sions built of jas- per, pearl and gold; 
wa-ters from the great life-giv -ing stream; 



r- 



how great will be their 
Sin and sor - row will be 



jfcg T g-te^ 



-*- --_ -« 



-; — fi- 






-AJ AJ la_*W Aj L» AJ. AJ 



isUMLJl 



^ 



:^ 



=t 



-£X,_ 



3$=^ 
* 



ifc3_l7^ 



rap-ture when shall dawn the crown- ing day, And the glo-ry of that 
ban-ished, we shall know no heart-aches there, Peace and ev - er - last - ing 

.fL- -J-- #L .-_ ^- -^ -fce. f> 

fcztr: 



:£: 






:ti 



1r-W 





r-r>jr 

ci - ty we be-hold. There'll be shout • ing,there'llbesing-ing, 

joy will be the theme. There'll be shout - ing, there'll be sing-ing, 



-W- W— -fcc- ■»*- a) -=»■ ^J 

— y — p — u u ' ^^_ ^ f- * 



3= 1— r 1 ~ i=i 



ti 



:!=** 



J> h j> f* , 



>? T M7 i> u u^tr " t r I r 

Whenwegath - er o -ver there; Hap-pyprais - es will be 

When we gath-er o- ver there, just o - ver there; Hap-py pr ais - rb 



££ 



r an .'.ir -i -i» 

■I 1 — r-» - m—y— 



HA_A_A. 



^J^p: 



a 



*=* 



*==f 



That Lovely Gity 



_ L. 1 1 1 X X_ L is m 

y * fc'y y y b/ *> 



I 



ring- ing, In that ci - ty built four-square. 

will be ring -ing, In that ci • ty, won-drous ci - ty built four-square. 

■ff-jk «fe: ir £ut ^ =* - n J 



§Et=t=£=£=M 



r+r- -I 






i 



No. 47 



To Ghrist Our Kin* 



Copyright, 1950, by Stamps-Baxter Music & Printing Co. 
B. B. Edmiaston in "Better Songs" Doyle Cole 




^f^—> Ad Ad Ad 






1. O come and let us raise a song To Christ, our King; 

2. When bowed by sor- row, stop and pray 

3. Go forth and bring the souls who're lost To Christ.our Lord and King; 

i 

A_> A M 



-1A A A 

-i — r— r 



Eg 



1— *- 




/WP 1 Ad A Ai 1 I — Ad 1 Ad ■ S— L^ Ad-J 



He frees our 3ouls from guilt and wrong, His prais - es sing. 

Trust Him to guide you all the way, 

Make known His word, whate'er the cost, His prais-es glad - Iy sing. 



Ji. I g — 1 A I-'*——-'*' 1- <*■ £— *— I 1 J f-T 




Chorus 



*— 3 — *j — k- ■* ! ! 



3tzM 



f=fc= 






To Christ, our King, We owe our all; 

To Christ, our King, We owe our all; 




^pmm 



i=^hs=ji=j=g^b= 3 _i JT 




^ 



^iT 



s^ 



His praise now sing, - bey His call. 

His prais - es sing, O-bey His call. 



** 



S — *— F- 






r-1- 



r — i— 



l 



No. 48 



When He Spoke Peace to Me 



Copyright. 1950, by Stamps-Baxter Music & Printing Co. 
J. R.M. in "Better Songs" Jas.R. BlalM 



=t «. I~* +, +, «, «, — ^ 3 »— »-l-J — «. — -3_ ♦ J — ♦ . ♦ » 

-4*- w w -A 



1. The Sav-ior came and He found me wan-d'ring out in the world of sin, He 

2. Toe clouds of sin and of doubt have gone, since I gave to Him con-trol, And 

3. Dear Bin - ner friend, what He did for me, I know He will do for you, He'll 



m — (*- 




EEE=Efe£Eg^ 



nrrr 




#^^" fe* #j# p 



spoke to me, and from my gnilt I'm free, for Hisspir-it now dwells with-in;' 
now the sun -light of His pre-cious love shines up- on me and keeps me wtiole; 
cleanse your soul and make you free and whole, thus your life will be -gin a - new; 

•A- -A - -A- ^ l fm ft_ 



_ -a- -a- 







J*—!*- 



♦-•-♦—♦—♦ ♦ ♦> ♦ -^ ♦ ♦ '--^ ~ ■ ff —J 

I'll tell the world of His sav - ing grace and help mae-ni - fy His name, Un* 
I know in love He will be my guide, and ev - er will be my stay, He 
So, heed the voice of the Sav-ior now, and bid Him to en -ter in, He'll 



£- 



i* — m — m (r • m 



D.S^-0 I 



> p p * y tr F 
am won-drous-ly glad and free, my Bins have been washed a- way, He 



Fine 



til He calls me to 
gave me vi • sion of 
turn your dark-ness in 

h* — he — m- 



my home on high, I shall help spread His won-drou3 fame, 
a shin- ing crown, when He spoke peace to me th.it day. 
to gold - en day, and the bright crown of life you'll win. 



saved my soul and made my heart re-joice, when He spoke peace to me that day. 




-H- n- 



-a 



azinz^ 



3E£ 



A-JI-& 






I will tell to the world, Sav-ior has made me whole, 

I'll tell to the world, how the 




LJL 



¥ 



=rg=^ 



When He Spoke Peace to Me 



n-n-ft- 



^fe 



D.S. 



Came to 
He came, 



rr 






tefeM^d 



■C-B 



IllI 



rae, gen-tly spoke peace to my dy - ing soul; 

gen - tly spoke sweet-est 



- y — y — y — -- 



:£=E 



:a: 



-n— 



-■— i*- 



-"-->- 



No. 49 



y — y— i^-M 



l^ost High, Eternal God 

Copyright, 1950, by Stamps-Baxter Music & Printing Co. 
B. B. Edmiaston in "Better Songs" Chas. Speed 

—\j— 1 1 1 A-i 1 1 P P 1 P J P 1 1— I — | - 



_i 1 1 — -J_ . 1 p — p_ _| . — p — ^ — p — , p.. — | (_. 

» K K ^.v^-^-LH.^ ^ ^ ^_i L*, 3, ^ <~q =mf L^;__« — 



1. Praise ye the Lord, 

2. King of all kings, 

3. Fol - low His word, 



sins; a new song, 

Lord of all lords, 

day af - ter day, 



Hon-or His ho - ly name; 
Rul - er of earth and sea, 
Ev - ! ry com-mand ful - fill; 




'CaL 



*== 



k — M - «. — ^— Jkt — ^ I — I- 

-i 1 1 — — { — ■ r a- 

M =V 3H M am _L.^_ 



-$r- 



:c=: 



-p-p-w- 



y y 



fc=d 



-i — h A = 
"JT^" 



*$i 



Praise ye Him, all of the heav'n-ly throng, Earth, join in glad ac-claim; 
Con - quer-ing Sa-tan'sde-struc-tive hordes Set - ting the cap - tive free; 
He will di-rectyou a -long the way, Un - der His ho - ly will; 



^=F"F"F=F^ : ^f=^rF : S=£ 



y y 



:t=t F 

T — tr* 

i i 



atzit 



In - to His courts 
Au-thor of life, 
His truth a - bides, 



n N N i 

-* 1 ~ v — « — wr. — rmi — w - m ' — mi— — kf— --1 



of - fer-ings bring, 
Fa-ther of light, 
all a - ges thru, 




Hum-bly be-fore Him fall, 
Giv - er of cleans-in? blood, 
Here and in realms a - bove; 




Ai — A —A ^-db— S^ 1-T--H H 

—i 1 1 1 1 — ■ I I f j . -^ — m-r 




^~J 



Laud and a - dore Him the might-y King, 
Call - ing ua out of the tomb's dark night, 
All who be - lieve and His bid - ding do, 



Ho -ly One, Lord of all. 
Most High, E-ter-nal God. 
Share in His sav - ing love. 



j fe'-rrgz feg^ 




No. 50 The Coronation Mornin* 

Copyright, 1950. by Stamps-Baxter Music & Printing Co. 
Jack Burgess in "Better Songs" Dempsey Rainwater 

_b _fc ft . . . N ft ft ft s 

^t;_(-ji« — i u* — a 1 1 — ,j — \d — |i_ a — « | — i . 1 — .^ +-A 



i — »«— 3- 



1. When we shall reach that home up yon-der, where our friends and loved ones wait, 

2. On that great cor - - na-tion morn-ing,when the saved are gath-ered home, 



y y y u y y y * 




t= f f rt 



We shall see Je 

.A 



y w u 

We shall see Je - sus, our great King; 



y y 

the might-y King} 



JJJ 



n-\>— 



^ 



I y f- (_ — L< £ J 






ft_=?t=£: 



— —1 — 1 — 1 1 — — »— * 

- a* — ™ — 1 1 1 — ^ — a- 4 

-*-— ■ Fa *—* — *— 3 >J 

•_ z^ M 



What a great meet-ing when the saints go march-ins; thru the pearl - y gate, 
Ev - er - more free from death and part-ings, where no sin can ev - er come, 



5 5 V y 'J y tr^y^y ^ 
D.S.— With the re-deemed of ev-'ry na - tion, while un-end - ing a - ges roll, 

FlKH 



n h ,_ fVfi ft ft h ft h H ™ „ 



Won-der-ful prais 



Won-der-ful prais - es we shall sing. 



fr z Ft r 



there we shall sing. 





Chorus 



£ — - 






-q- 



" u y r- -i 



On the great morning, glo - ry a-dorn - ing, 

On the great cor - - na-tion morn, 

ft B ft ft 

I— ■ \-& A -I 

V — p- L \ ^ * '{ * 





P P u 



The Coronation Morning 






■=1 — ♦- 



D.S. 



We shall see Je 

^ ^ J J. 



We shall see Je - sus, our great King; 



*> P |^ ^ | 



the might - y King; 



sdts: 



- ■ • m — m — r^=£ — p«- 
:tr— 0=&r=tr^:*=r he 



A— H* *■ ^ 



-* — h 



:*=£ 



SI 



No. 51 In the Beautiful Gity 

Copyright, 1950, by Stamps-Baxter Music & Printing Co. 
A. O. D. in^ "Better Songs" A. O. Dunlap 




J=3==F-E»t= al 






1. There's a beau-ti - ful ci - ty where none grows old, - ver yon-der on 

2. There is sing-ing and shout-ing in that bright land, For the faith -ful who 

is h ,, h . -*- . .. -*- -»- -m>- m- 

U -^k-V-A Jk - # w * - bfc — <a — Uk- H *»~ — Uk — I H^-K A — a — Wk — 

jp— -*-^ H v=Nj « — 3 *— h* — m -a^ 1 — M — ♦ r^ — ™ ' 1 



3d— q J — ■* — -x- 



heav - en's shore; We shall meet our dear loved ones up there, we're told, 



Chiist 






bey; 



-p. 



=3= 



^^-IB 



Come to Je- sus, and for Him now take your stand, 

-dt 

Ci 

i 



D.S. — Prais - ing Je - sus, our won - der - ful Lord and King, 

Fine Chorus 



1 r—i 

-M 1 1 1— 



zttrto 



~3Lm : 9 



i, j. ■■ ' -*- ■ -< 

AH u - nit - ed for ev - er - more. 
He will save you and show the way. 



^=^TF*^ 



In 



the beau - ti - ml 



:t=t-| 



-7— l- — Lr— t r 



y y v < y 
Where no sor - row is 



r 

er known. 




M ... Ifc .-. -- 

p u 1 y 

D.S. 



-1 -fj — fvr-s 1^— J 1 1 L^.^ -1-n 



Kr 



ci - ty glad prais-es ring; Hap-py saints gath-ered 'round the throne, 






ia — yfc. 



ZftZ 

±z: 



H — ^ j^-u J J 



No. 52 Tune In on Heaven 

Copyright, 1950, by Stamps-Baxter Music & Printing Co. 
B. E. F. in "Better Songs" B. E. Fulmer 

-^- 

1. Turn your ra - di - o to-day on God's sta-tion o'er the way, Tunein oa 

2. You may hear the an-gels sing in that land ol end-less spring, 

3. Turn a- way from sin andstnfe,seekthe joys of end-less life, 



IBE 



p—m 



j*-'^- 



m 



s_jA.ts._a_^_ac=ls_^_SK . bK_t:_t:_t-A-» ps-;s_!2— 

H K- h- H 1-7 — K-— I h-— K— l-r-j-— L_ m — !• — I — - l-rj 1 H 

^ yi— L> ^ ^ ^ 1 y J-W •*■ — H t-r 1 *-0* L- — ^ 



y v 



rrft=tc=tafi 



&_^ 



- g -- , —— ii— jpFd - J — ♦ -S-FSg p-*' 12 --?--* -^ 



J= 



heav-en, land of love; 



He's an-nounc-ing all the time, from that 
You may hear the harps of gold, as the 
the land of love; Lis - ten not to e - vil's din, it would 






w 



m- 4*- 



^njg-^zr^iip fe=£=Ezz£=£^= 



it— y- 



zj— P~— tr-z^LJtz: 



y y y 



^--^—♦'— ♦ — ♦ =<+> — • t£ -r-# ! — •* — — — ♦—«— •*!—«! 1 , < ~ ■■- = -v l ^ -J 

£. £y 1 K ^ — 3->-j£i 4J J 

"p 7f "T" tT F" 

y y ^ U i 



y y W 

love-ly, peace-ful clime, Tune in and hear from home above, 
sonas of praise un-fold, 
bind your soul in sin, from home a-bove. 

-A- -A- W- -A- ___ -*- _ K ^ Pi P» , 









-*- 



Chorus 




Tune in, Tune in on 

on God's great sta-tion, tune in from ev-'ry na-tion, 

gJ2zy-— tz^zzz F BtgEE^^: 



1?— F— p— 



? , +i— Ai-L^ . — p. 



:zs- 



r y 



— ♦— K 



y > y - y + y 

that great land of love; Tunein, 

the land of love, end glad-ness; hear an • gels sing-ing, 



atjc4r-Fr-F 



y y y^ 



lf_ty 



I 



Tune In on Heaven 

C i b y C 5 F ffbT r 

Tune in and bear from borne above, 
tone in , hear borne belle ringing, from home a-bove. 

- y W * 

No. 53 Jesus Saved Me 

Copyright, 1950, by Stamps-Baxter Music & Printing Co. 
James L. Palmer in "Better Songs" Johnie L. Hayne* 

T=fc 






1. Once I was wan-d'ring out in sin's val - ley, Grop-ing in dark-ness, 

2. As I press on • ward, Je -sua is with me, Guid-ing my foot-steps 

3. If you are lone - ly, bur-dened with sor-row,Or when earth's friends have 



Eg-£= tr- 



-#*-*- 



& 



1= -* 



- I E 



bee^f-t^ee 



W b< *-i p ! 



pf=f± 



k a* i h I- i* i 



I could not see; 
day af • ter day; 
turned you a - way; 



-(=: 



fcfe 



S=£ 



Je -8U8 then found me, lift - ed the shad-ows, 
When Sa- tan's fore- es seem to con -fuse me, 
Look to the Sav - ior, trust Him to guide you, 
***** !x»-» -*-. 

1 1 - H" far- fc — b~ ti — l- r^pr 



-!-r r* 



ttl 



D.S«— Soonl shall meet Him yon-der in glo - ry, 



r* is k Fine Chobus k "n . 

■ aL jp— -^ -d-P«^-jj-r-S— g^- jfegSg ■ i ♦— ^ — ♦- h ZEE. Sg 

"»^^■ , "• 

Now I am sing • ing, bap • py and free. 

Je - bus is there to show me the way. Je - sua has saved me! 

Dark -est of night He'll turn in - to day. 



... Iff" re* 'fcr .' * '* ^' "P* — ^ — - 

2E^— tr— 5- Et^t— E=zt= 



1 




7— 7 
Sing thru the a • ges, Je - bus saved me 



£P P FP 



-"= -" — »»-*— ♦-£-- ♦■ «w - ♦, h*H— ♦--— *-J — H--f = -?r-< — +1 



won - der - ful sto - ry, Trust-ing His love I ev - er shall be; 






No. 54 Little David Will Play 

Copyright, 1950, by Stamps-Baxter Music & Printing Co. 
B H. M. in "Better Songs" Benton H. Matthews 

JLJUL 



hdbjk 



C4-4 1 1 1— I— ■ — # — -=*— ■ I — I— W-b— I — W — 



1. When the ran-somed mil-lions leave this world of pain and care, When He gathers His 

2. When the gates swing o pen, and the saints go marching in, what won-der-ful 

3. Ev - 'ry-bod - y sing-ing, what a hap-py time 'twill be, Voic-es blend-ing in 



IBs 



fcfct=±^t*-H=r:=t: 



H 1 V 



r- n* 



w y y fc 2 -y^ ' pp^yyyyup 

P — s — +i-+t — I — i — i — <-*. — =i i-K - ' ■ 

1 !-■-•-■-■!— M — L — I 1-i-— h m M 



B-f- 



Pfc 



r nr- 



y t/ y y 

sheep .in - to the fold, the home land fold of 

sights , . . we shall be-hold, we shall be - hold in 

praise . new joys un-fold, new jovs un-fold in 

J,-aLaLaLaLaLaLa A-nH* <* 15" ■*. m 



heav - en, 
beav • en, 
heav - en; 



^ 



't?— {? 



— r-ty 



=i3-zzzy- 



k — ♦- 

♦t — 



\- 1 — i — i — i— m — j- — -d—m F-h — ,_«-i£2_ — _ 

J - — *i— *i— *i— «r— -*— 5 — f^y.-^ .^. ~ ""*r 



We'll go home with Je-sus, to the pas - tures green and fair, 

Far be-yondthis val-ley of op-pres - sion and of sin, 

Prais - ing our great Shepherd, all at home e - ter - nal - ly, Lit-tle Da-vid will 



_,a_a_ 



^9 — a— mr— m * — jk — g> — >*— ft — *»- 

y b'Jj y D I "0* !3~~~y "-S - 2 
D.S.— Ev-'ry-bod - y eing-ing, in our Shep-herd's home land fold, 



^AAJL* 



^p— =i- — i — i — *« — *s — j — ii- — "i — i — m y&— — 



Find 

^4q 



£= 






y 



y y u 

Lit - tie Da-vid will play bis harp of gold, 
play bis harp of gold. 

r- -- -. % P^ 

7£rz. H ~ — __^__gi__ 



<E ^-JU»JLJW^j 



i 



Chorus 



brr 



r 



y 



±i 



£3\ 



f 



£=^ 



^S^ 



-*— "*— » 



Play his harp, harp of gold, 

Lit - tie Da - vid will play bis harp of gold, 



-*- 



t-t-t-V- 



A-A-J-J-^--* 



fcSS 




i 



6« 



Little David Will Play 

_ij a, — a l-Ai ^ — -h — 



=^- 



D.S. 



<»». <■* - 



* u if I y k 



-"— * 



I 



We shall share the joys un-told; 
And we'll share in the joys, the joys nn-told of heav-en; 






F— F- 






: -^ 



g g z=— El=E^tr_ tz=g~k~ 



-£-£=£=1^^ 



TTTT 



-^-^^^ 






No. 55 His Love Is Keeping My Soul 

Copyright, 1950, by Stamps-Baxter Music & Printing Co. 
B. B. Edmiaston in "Better Songs" W.LLe« 

^ _J_ d ,—J |_ r _ 

E*fc2-E2=2= 



in Better Songs W. I.Lee 

I _, I J D 3 _ 

1 — . . —I — mm \ a-f _ f —I —— . _ 

m-\-~ — —I 1 a \-m — m — = l — «u — •-£-»—■■ 

!-♦> w 1 •* r-H 1 1 1 — ♦-I-H— 4 

C « w ^_l L<?__J 

1. Since Je - sus came in - to my life, And thru His par-don I'm whole, 

2. He solves my prob-lems when I fail, If I but give Him con-trol, 

3. Tho e - vil fore - es may as - sail, And shad-ows o - ver me roll, 






-— !-!-♦( « 1 1- 






d==* 



#=tt 






I have a ref - uge from all strife, 

He corn-forts me thru sor - row's vale, His love is keep-ing my soul. 

My faith in Him, I can not fail, 



■*- Stl -*- ~ 



t=± 



:t=nt: 






:t=— 



r=EP= 






:t==p=t=-rS 




fctafc 



5" t? y y 
I hold His hand, my Lord's almighty hand, 






I hold His hand, And trust His lov-ing con-trol; 



r i 

con-trol; 



zf±r 



:p 



=1 — I- 



1 



j j — b>— tf— I — r- ;!z 



*>< 






iti 



trt 



-A A A!-- |-*J — 2 At A- r-« ^ *l >* =-|-^---H 



My ev - 'ry need He'll un - der - stand, His love is keep-ing my soul. 



Sir 



J '. — __« «fc_ r 

=zt=zt_ 



■ r-» — » P ET— h* » — » » 



-F— -'tzrfi 



r 



1 



No. 56 When We Gross Over the River 

Copyright, 1950, by Stamps-Baxter Music & Printing Co. 
Adger M. Pace in "Better Songs" S. L. Wallace 




r t^= 



1. When we cross 

2. When we stand 

3. When we see 






—ZIP 
C7~ 






zzlizzz: 



I — I — 1~ 



the si - lent riv - er, 
be - fore the Sav - ior, 
Him in His glo - ry, 



At the 
At the 
Sit - ting 



:£ 



:t=¥l 



1. When we cross 
-fS 



the 



lent 



y 
riv 






set 

judg 

on 



ting of the sun; 
ment bar on high; 
His roy - al throne; 



Shall we 
Shall we 
Shall we 



see 
live 
sing 



that bright for- 
and share His 
with them the 



^EB- t-E=E=t = fe-Es: 

i y y y 'y r 



.Al_!s__ac 
I- -I r- 



£ 



At the set - ting of the sun; 



Shall we see 



that 



l#=5S 



Fi= 






ev - er, 
fa- vor, 
sto - ry, 

.5*. |S 



Hear 

With 



rf> 



^=^= 



n-=^ta 



1— 4r- 



r-r- 



the Sav 
the saints 
Great - est sto 



ii„=zp:=rr=r:==piE: 

?3=— - -tr— fa£— * fc: 

— » » — » — » « — 



■pt 
=*= 
ztz 



;zs): 

u i — i ' — t 

ior's sweet Well done? 
up the:e on high? 
ry ev - er known. 

-P- _ -a- 

-tr- 






he ' 
"I— - 



bright for - ev 
Chorus 




Hear the Sav-ior's sweet Well done. 



t> -a- w > «~ ^ ^~- 



rf: 



m 



Shall we hear the 

Shall we hear the 



joy - bells ring - ing, While our 

joy - bells sweet - ly ring - ing, 



S=£3 



~-fi~-fcfc=SbjE 



-i — tr 



-fs: 



-*— - 




5^3 



-Jl 



*=ttl 






-.— * — — • 



boat is cross-ing o'er? Shall we join the hap-py 

While our boat is cross-ing o'er? Shall we join the hap-py 



S 






v y 



r^ 



£iEEEzzlEEEEEE 



^z=V: 



1 



When We Gross Over the River 



■ss^fczzft 



— i 



=U"=-s£ 



=fc 



■fr 



*T=k 



smg-ing, 
joy - ons 



On that 



sing-ing, 






r 



ufc. k. ». . 

I i y • 

ha! - le - 

On that hal - le - 
-sb_ .pe. .SB- 



;zs: 



si 



jah 

jah 



shore, 
shore. 



flgp 



A Real Ghurch 



No. 57 

Copyright, 1950, by Stamps-Baxter Music & Printing Co. 
C. A. M. in "Better Songs" C. Austin Miles 

£Y ^ JS — «f— .5. — * — c * — "B — » — *-' * — =^- c § i 

1. Where is the church of the days gone by, Where sin-ners sought the Lord; 

2. Lord, send the pow'r that we used to know, That with the Spir- it came, 

3. Hear us, Lord, as we bum- bly plead Thy pow'r a - gain to see; 



'/ ■ n. u^- a i r* — A- 5 -- A — r-A — ib» — *>- r - 1 A — a__a.. 



■r-r 







-rl— I- 



:q: 



3=3E^=3^ 4 



^3=3 : 



Where none was a-shamed of the cross of Christ, But all be-lieved His word? 
And touched ston-y hearts, by their sin de- filed, With His con -vict-ing flame. 
And if a re - viv - al is on the way, Let it be -gin in me. 



Jll ^ »•«— tt R IB* IB*-S-IB*— ^~ 



n=t 



>_t H SE SB__J»_ t_ 3 



Chorus 



5£-E p 4 MH— h-4 ^ fe 



— 1-, 



^-to -4U-= fi'-=pqd=^-Eg^ 



rfa^r^pafcsL 



They sang about Jesus, they talked about Jesns, And prayed to Him for pow'r; 

saving pow'r; 










JlwLt 



-&-*- 



The altars were crowded, and sin-ners converted, The answer came in pow'r 

mighty pow'r. 







No. 58 



Christ Has Paid the Gost 



Copyright. 1950, by Stamps-Baxter Music & Printing C: 
T. W. P. in "Better Songs" T. W. Potts 







►- J? ' -&-u ft--*-«i JJ 



u y, u IT * 

1. When time down here on earth is o'er I want to 

2. I trust in Him to be made whole His pt e-cioua 

3. For out in sin my soul was lost But Christ lias 

ft 



WBM 






■ 1 . p -KE^E-p-if - V. 



I_ |A a A (A 



y y y y 
r-zftr=fc^ 



y v 



*> y y "v y *t- y y % ft v * Ttit-rt-ff 



w " y y ^y y ^ ~ tr"" "" y y ^ >5" y ' S 

go to heav-en's shore I give to Christ 

blood re-detms my soul His spir - it binds 

paid the aw - f ul cost That I might live 

ft ft» m 

■ A'- A - S-A— A— F r^r-g— A A — . 

I 1 w-l-5-S-»-«-S- = ! ci 

*&■ — — — ^-y- [*-j»-j»-rV-E r-y--y- fr- 

sr y \j i) \s 







my life, my all I'll read-y be when He shall call 

and guides each day He'll lead me home. . . just o'er the way 

He bled and died 'Twas all for me my sins to hide 

.^ ^JL- r-Tg ggg ; a-a- 

^- w .j 1 rzzp. . 

'y 



*M 



y P 



-A— 1 ^ ft I ^ | N 



£€ 



Chorus 



D. S. — And then in heav'n whilea-ges run 

]*—£—&- ft 



■a- i j y 



e» — m — m — m-t* — _ZZS — JZ J 

—-"y U y y Uo*: ^f 



He gave His life 



y 

He gave His life 



to save my soul, 



to save my soul, 




Eg_ -£ ai— atrgzr 



» 



^3- 



:^: 



trol; 

com-plete con-tn 

?— p — g T~P~ w 3 



S 



P*3 



•a 



1 S 

I give to Him com-plete con-trol; 

I give to Him com-plete con-trol; 

ft ft m m 

B — a — a — r*- 



g5 k— P— s-"- fcrj-E 

c ^~ u— D~ D- 



Christ Has Paid the Cost 



D.S. 



'm^mmmmwm^mz 



I'll praise Him here 
5£= 



is=i 



I'll praise Him here till work is done, 

till work is done, 
-a — a — ▲ — a- 






up 



No. 59 



w P y y 



Long to Be Doing His Will 

Copyright, 1950, by Stamps-Baxter Music & Printing Co. 
S. J. M. in "Better Songs" Sanford J. Massengale 



& 






!?5 

1. Christ said He had come not the law to de - stroy, But all of God's 

2. We read in the Bi - ble of pro-phets of old, Their mes-sag-es 

3. Christ said He had come not to bring peace on earth, But war-ring be- 



u w 



r 






pre - cepts ful - fill; Though peo - pie may try from God's word to de- 
we know are true; Some things that have tran-spired were by them fore- 
tween ail man-kind; The Bi - ble com-mands we must have a new 



L-1.3L I— U— i - ►_- 

:^tiX_Ex^zx zk^^-T-r— k-l 

u . u T 






y b U V b " » \> : 

D. S. — Though oth - ers may turn Jrom Him, spurning His 



Fine Choeus 
^ ft 



— u # -i_ # — ^ — ^ — zq — 3 _ r z j H-i-»-L 



coy, I long to be do - mg His will, 

told, And 6th - ers will come when they're due, 

birth, If safe - ty from e - vil we'd find. 

' . ... . ft 



gate 






-3— V 



I long to be 

1^ *_ 




love, I long to be do - ing His will. 
ft Pi 



^dfcJSJ 



t— 5— r— »- c — : — — *— *-tr* |*-t^-f J3 



do-ing His will, I long to be do - ing His will; 



ft &i 



His 

Hia ho-ly will;' 



ft u 



Mb. 



No. 60 



Help Me Bear My Sorrows 



Copyright, 1950, by Stamps-Baxter Music & Printing Co. 
B.E. F. in "Better Songs" B. E. Fulmer 






^ 



y y y y 



i y y i F "^ 

y ■ " y y 

1. While trav-'ling thru this world of sor - row We are 

2. Oft - times we meet with dis - Sp-point-ments And onr 

3. The Lord will keep us in our tri - als lill on 



.^.SSxa - tk si- : Kz tip. 






-y-y- 



y-y- 



r' y 




III I p* I I F „ ■>* I I I I 

. y u u y I <j y y *i * uvvv - y 

tried on ev - 'ry hand Sometimes we long for that to- 

hearts are made to bleed Our ef -forts seem so vain and 

earth .... our work is done He'll take us home to love - ly 






t-t-y-y- 



-■- -■- 1 i , -■ - m - iii 

i y y i F y y y 

y y y 



«t 






1 



r y y 

mor - row When wjj'H leave this sin - ful land . . . 

fruit - less No one seems to care or heed . . . 

man-sions When for us comes set of sun.... 

n r ,* 



In 



y y V y 
Chorus 

dz= q % = 

-£fcrz=S=f.= 



K-h--£-y-y 



: S _S £ A_.|=_p_p_t^ a J 

L — y_^<_y — .» 1_ 1_ — li — ^=r^i^^ — ■ 



:J 



^ y y i *** — — — -* y 



y 
Help me, Lord, to bear my sor- row, 

Help me, Lord, to bear my sor -row, 



£2 



:rp— =tzzzSzz2d 
Lg r-ynz3 



tit 



E 



* — s- 



:g— Z 



tnt 




cjjn|lqis=nprizaaB J. q 

♦-C^--T ^^♦~r"n g> — f — F-f-^ -i 

i — in I i 'p ^ * i — a-tt — lj_i — fh i * 



I, \ y 

y y * 



^.g-fcS=g: 



y " " y 

As I trav - el here be-low; Take me home some 

As I trav - el here be- low; take me home some glad to- 



£1 



j^Einn^SESEzz 



j-r-r 



-t— "i 



:p:C^: 



BEoS 



h — I — I- 



*=. 



Help Me Bear My Sorrows 




-Tj y J, y w i \ y 

to-mor-row, Where with saints sweet peace we'll know, 

mor-row, Where with saints we'll know. 

h 

-ft— * 1 - : E— P 1 — i*— * 



? h>— E 



-£-*--»- 



F=£=p: 



-y — y- 



^=e 



-y — 5 — m-\ 




No. 61 Goin* Home 

Copyright, 1950, by Stamps-Baxter Music & Printing Co. 
Mrs. Wm. W. Benson in "Better Songs" Wm. W.Benson 




I ♦ « r- 

I aM Ai — [- 



q=: 



fv 






1,1 am go- ing home to heav-en, That fair ci - ty of the King, 
2.1 shall dwell with Christ, my Sav - ior, In the home of pure de- light; 
3. Yes, I'm on my way to glo - ry, There to live while a - ges roll, 






±± 




y y 

Where no pre -cious ties are riv - en, And un - end -ing prais-es ring. 
I shall praise His gra- cious fa - vor, In the land where comes no night. 
Sing- ing - ver love's old sto - ry, In the home-land of the soul. 

I s * _* ♦ ••*- "^- ■*«" ,0 ■*-'££•*- m ■*- -^~ 






T 



u y 



Choeus 



-s— n— ft— I; 



£ 



l-A — a — a — a — 5 r-Ai — a *- — m— )r&-7-A 

t-t 1 y — 



Go- ing home, go -ing home, To the loved ones gone be- fore; 

Go- ing home, go - ing home, 

JR . -JB- ^K- _ ^L. -#- -(2-. 



^ 



fe£ 



1— 1 1 « 



:l I "' — y- . p-— I E=b : 



^- tf^j^^ Kz a-^-J ^fc: r2zz:^zz2=^3a 



Go- ing home, go -ing home, There to live for ev-er-more. 

Go - ing home, go - ing home, 



*~ -m- -*- 



£e£ee 



HMetd& 



t=±=fc£ 



moS 



1—1 E 



No. 62 I'll Wear a Bright and Shining Grown 

Copyright, 1950, by Stamps-Baxter Music & Printing Co. 
W E. H. in "Better Songs" Walter E. Howell 

_fc ^ -ft 



f '~ -m -m- -■- -■- -B- -m m- -j- 



1. L n ng-ing for realms of glad-ness, shackled by sin and sad-ness, Boamingthis 

2. Trou-ble but makes me pon-der joy wait-ing o -ver yon-der, Liv-ing for 

3. Ti - dings so glad I'm bringing, heav-en with joy is ring-ing, Glo -ry a- 



!Sfcz8zrf5:zfc£=fcES:E 
^y— r— trztr-fcr-tr-tgg 




t ai— ■— S- C S-F A g c * At — >*— *— a— *-p*-J 

II I L* II 



y ' i*> U 

world by sin bowed down but now I'm Look-ing be - yond the riv - er 

a - ges with the blest for - ev - er; Dy - iug is but a mov-ing, 

waits me in that land of rap-ture; I love to tell this sto - rj, 






y y y ■> 



-m- -m- -m- »m- ~m- -■- -■- -J- ^ -^-*~ -■- -^- 

where rest a - waits me ev - er, I'll wear a bright and shin-ing crown 

earth - life is but the prov-ing, Wor-thy, de-serv - ing heav-en 's rest 

near - ing the gates of glo - ry, I'll join that hap-py shout-ing band 

V W IV 



y i y 
Chorus 



y ? 




SEfeE^E^^^feli 



a— i P- 

b y u 



H 1— 

y y 



Wear a bright > shin-ing crown 

I'll wear a bright and shin-ing crown When earth-Iy 






±=U=5c 




S r x E^^- ^-*-— ^ -^-^-j^ 



rrtr 



y y 



7*- 
y 



t 



Earth-ly cares shall lay down; Mat-tersthis 

_ I shall lay down; What mat-ters this 



m 









: F=FF 



=1— s- 



: p^-kz£gzs: 



-1—fr-fcr- 



1*11 Wear a Bright and Shinin* Grown 



y i. i ' ' y 7 1 ■" y y T 

world's renown, Just so I wear a bright and shining crown, 
vainworld's renown, shin-ing crown. 

-a- -a- •*- -*k- -a- -a- -a- - a - a a- rv>w I ! 



^ZE^E 



^=t= 



E— St- he— I 



y— b— y-y— y- 



1 



— g — y — »- 



^r^ 



33 






No. 63 - Some Day 

Copyright, 1950, by Stamps-Baxter Music & Printing Co. 
Mrs. Aubrey Douthitt in "Better Songs" Aubrey Douthltt 

: jv-j B-riPj--^z: 

- « ♦ ♦- t-*i «J 

-^ L A* 5 ■ 

1. Some day the clouds will roll a - way, God's sun will shine a - gain; 

2. Some day the bro - ken heart will sins The an-thems of the free; 

3. Some day the sa - b!e wings of night, Will flee be - fore the sun; 




^zzF^"^-^- 



;e±f— &— i — rJg=zg— tz=3c 

** I y 



tc: 



-.£— £— ^ -h-.-t— | 
1* I U- 



t ^i — 






-*^w 



Snme day the heal - ing hand we'll feel, 'Twill ban-ish all our pain. 
Someday the Mas - ter's ho - ly face Our teardimmed eyes shall see. 
Some day the toils of heart and hand Will be for - ev - er done. 




g=:r ~ g— k -F r— r— y— r FF-t-1 



-r- 



g — | jj-R tr— (- — -- c - c 5o5 J 



Some day, His praise we'll tru - ly sing; 

Some hap - py, gold - en day, 



P^fr-^ . 5 — gr— i — £X=-E=zz== — ) — p-Fi — y— r-y--^.qgE3 




4> Jr^rJ r^g^j^A^— - 

n ■ E — I — fr— n- — st— r~- - c *-^l- 



:=}: 



3^ 



y i y • y 

Some day, We'll see our heav'n-ly King. 

Some won-drous com -ing day, 



m 



l/.s. . — r- « — * — i*- r " : 



- » fc. 



*— B E 



r£=z:t c 



r u i 



g^ 



No. 64 



Living for Jesus 

Copyright, 1950, by Stamps-Baxter Music & Printing Co. . - 

in "Better Songs" Carlos Barrentine 



C.B. 







Je - sus, who once died in my place, so free - 
Je - sua ev - 'ry day of my life, I'm work - 
Je - sus makes my life here worthwhile, to oth - 



iy. 

ing, 
ers, 
J* 



:p: 



-y- 



-=1 *■ 



I 












-=5 £- 



Bear-ing my guilt up -on the cross of dis -grace, on Calv-'ry; 
Giv-ing Him glo - ry for He keeps me from strife, and dan - ger; 
Walking and talk ing with my Sav - ior each mile I trav - el; 



— tj — i — cr — t — E — *— *~ u ' tr~ ^ — tf * 

r B A * Ad M -P K T> -Al — ai ^ i -S^- =r— 



^-te 






■ar y y " 

Mer - cy con-strains me now to an - swer His call, and fol - low, 
Sa - tan flees quick- Iy when I'm sing-ing God's praise, sweet sto - ry, 
Hap - py to serve Him, since He saved my poor soul, in mer - cy, 



F**9 J* (At 1* Hk 1* Uk b* — rV~ 

1 17— F— D~tr~Cr-t7-D~ t - 



±=6: 



_*q ^. 



Fine Chorus 




I — «m — g>j — aI — p — -m — 5- **! — a — 5? — * Al_ fc* 

y y r ^ 



*=£= 



Trust-ing com-plete - ly, now I give Him my all, my all. 

Good-ness and mer- cy now are bless-ing my days, my days. 

Glo - ry lights shin -ing lead to heav-en, my goal, my goal. Liv-ing for 

g_ fz . -fz . p: jft. zfc: -ft. .g. :£ : *L t+ +L A *L A 

p — t — m-£m — «_!?i53:fc-_p__ti F 

■ i y- y J \S— |- y j ■ y a ^a |- - ■ — 

D. S.— Liv-ing for Je - sua, I am hap -py each day, each day. 



.5: 




k# jj y - v • -I - v * u |7 

Par-donedsin, 
Je - bus since He par-doned my sin, Free-ly for-giv-en, I am 

ft r> ^ ft ft i * h i ft ft ft n ft 

S^P— — h A _ a- F -j 



f-jrf 



Living for Jesus 



i— Prfersr 



-JU*-|-- 



y I y ' 
hap-py 



D.S. 



y f jj U ^ l y 



Deepwith-in; All a-way, 

hap-py with-in; Trast-ing and serv-ing drives the shadows a-way, 



1 — -i — | — (- 

— u>— y— E=: 



r> i ry , r> r> i> r» h 






--I-J-4- 

-*—=—•- 



m 



y y 
No. 65 The Garden of ViGtory 

CopyTight, 1950, by Stamps-Baxter Music & Printing Co. 
T. H. S. in "Better Songs" Thurman H. Smith 



S 3 



=* 



:d— 



=1: 



*^S : 









1. Why are you stray-ing, like sheep from the fold, Near yon a gar-den holda 

2. When the dark shad-ows be - dim the bright day, Love lights are shningto 

3. For true pro - tec-tion from sin and a - larm,En-ter the king-dom of 

■A- -*- -+■• _ -A- -A- -<*- i*- ■<-- 

Hfc — ak-^ 1 ( lA-r^ — »tt — Uk — A — bfc A -I 



^&£§=£ 



^P-J2^J==rtz=t=t==t=: 




^=5^i 



treas-ures un -told? Free from soul hun - ger each one there may be — 
show us the way; Je - sus is call -ing, your friend He will be, 
heav - en - ly charm; From vain de - lu - sions and doubt-ings be free, 



g^VtJ? 7 i — r: — F— p— F A — »* — =*■ — i* — *■ — nfc-n 1 1 h— 1 

?^W $ EF-- 1 — i — } ?-. F p — i — tz=i=— [z=ez E ! [= — 3 



I 



•8: 



=1=F 



Fine Chorus 

I— rJr 






=t=± 



Bean-ti - ful gar -den of vie- to - ry. 

Come to the gar -den of vie - to - ry. Trust-ing Je - sus, hast-en in, 

In the Lord's gar-den of vie- to - ry. 

_ .fk. ,jA_ ^L.. _ _A jO. J _^ .^ ^k. -A. -A- -A- -r*- 



Wk- 



i* fcfc Uk — A • >J k -H 1 tSs-Hfe 

-z=|z= i — i — bzEEEE — r r lr 



*= 



-fa*- 



H=q 

HA 



=t 



:fh— h : 



D.S. — En-ter the gar -den of vie - to - ry. 






:£2==|==1— 



D.S. 

— 1 h^ — -gi — ■ — ri- -a — ■§ -II 

ji i- sg — =* — ^-jj 



~1 — \-A— I- 



•gi— *<- 



:s§±g 



mi 



Where there is safe - ty for - ev-er from sin; From your bur-dens to be free, 

-A- .A. A. .^i_ _>*.. _,A. _,i- -£l_ _^. 

— ~ tz=p=g±gid^ ^^ fe _g Tz:_t=-t= -c-r- 



r-r-r— r 



-ij-E-i — tr-i — EiB 



p--rr- r-r— r 



g^^a 



No. 66 



I Am Glad Jesus Game 



Copyright. 1950, by Stamps-Baxter Music & Printing Co. 
F. E. H. in "Better Songs" Floyd E. Hunter 









£=)=£ 



SO* 



1. I'm re- deemed thru the Word, in Je - sus, my Lord, And I'm singing of 

2. It was noth-in? but love could bring from a - bove Christ to save us, 

3. Giv-ing Him-self for me, He died on the tree, How He suf-fetedcan 






-i-- 



I — t- 



I l-hc It- 



-^ — m 



-^- -^k~ -^- -^k- - Jfc - 

~, , — pz t — 1__ 






:=£ 






-5 — « — £« 



love di - vine, of love di - vine; Hear-ing my plea one day, He 
praise His name, praise His name; Won-drous love, sweet and free, is 
not be told, can-not be told; Yield-ing to Him my all, I'll 



mm 



r&z 



rr^z—u: — rr — t+_ — j ^ — i l, — d 



-I ft 



=t 






came in to stay, Spoke sweet peace to this soul of mine, thissoul of mine, 
dwell-ing in me, Hal-le- lu - jah, I'm glad He came, I'm -lad He came, 
an - swer His call To bring oth - ers in - to His fold, in - to His fold. 

ft., ft ft ft 



m. 






£ 



m 



Chorus 






JWWW^- 



^=*f 



-*)— asi — a — at 



il 



I am glad He came, glad that Je- sus came, 

I am glad Je - sus came, I will 



P=-t-t==t=: 



ZISZZIZZ 



9 



£E}s: 




s a a a. «i ▲ a: is_si 

- fe g a F *?— b i/ & 



Pi 



ft ft ft ft i 



~T 



I will praise His name, praise His ho-ly name; When for me He calls, 

praise His dear name; when He calls, 



«=£r? -% £ 



&=* 



h-fr 



BS3S 



— c=c-T:r 



' » i> U E V " 



azilS-Kz_SKz: 



I 



I Am Glad Jesus Game 



* 



p> ft h r> i 



=^-l- 






=-i~ 






1 



I will glad - ly go, Lead-ing oth-ers His love to know. 
I will go, Hi9 love to know. 



J— P u>- 









r^zJ^L 



t 







No. 67 Savior, Hold My Hand 

Copyright, 1950, by Stamps-Baxter Music & Printing Co. 
Rev. Rupert Cravens in "Better Songs" W. Lee Higgins 



P 



-atf-r-as! 



— ^ 1 I _ f . 



STE3^ 



|5=J==rrt_=^± 



3 ^-^=5=5p==*=3-^ E -.5= 



1. Hold my hand, bless - ed Sav-ior, Nev-er let me walk a -lone; 

2. Hold my hand thru all the shad-ows, Keep Thou mine im - mor-tal soul; 

3. Hold my hand as death draws near-er, With me at the cross-ing be; 



-y-4-k»zjs=g. 



t" 



pi! 



=T==£ 



r- 



-pi — I st - 



fc=:E= 



1— f- 



i \j i r T r 






:q _ra=2 



I would cling to Thee still clos - er, Ev - er let me be Thine own. 
Lead m|u to that home e - ter - nal, Bless me while the a - ges roll. 
Bear my wea - ry spir - it o - ver To the glad e - ter - ni - ty. 







Hold my hand, pre - cious Sav - ior, Let me walk with Thee in love; 

-P-Z 






fc^d- 



BE 



=r==i- 



:J=^a: 






:fct 



^=d^=r 



"— '~r~1 — " A — 5 'as — =; 

■«■-*-•— — _( — ^ — -^ — i 



ae- =fc 



Guide me all a - long the jour -ney, Take me home to heav'na-bove, 
i fv : i 



*gps 



:jrf- t'ES=|=— .t=t fcJr^rp-tt*— *=?5_ 



fee fee H «■ — h- h, 



£: 



r 



i 



No. 68 



On the Rock of A&es 



Copyright, 1950, by Stamps-Baxter Music & Printing Co. 
J.W. H. in "Better Songs" J. W. Holcomb 









1. Man-y times when so dis-cour-aged, I can dim-ly see the path-way, 

2. When the Lord is near me, with His blest as - sur-ance sweet, to cheer me, 
3.1 am hap -py, sing -ing on my way to glo - ry-land, fair E-den, 



BP A. lit 

^\>2 & - 



-*> — PS 



£ g=g — I — E 



■i 

HA -lA 1 \- \— 1 1 I* 1 A ■ 



k — --A 1 1- 1 1 

1 M -\-m — at — m - 



r*=ft 



4t 






=f» 



£=fe=5 



-« — m — m — 2- 



t-H- 1 -;; — y 



Then I go to Him who hears my plea, my hum - ble plea; 
All my heart is filled with joy com-plete, with joy com-plete; 
For I'm hold- ing to my Sav-ior's hand, His might -y hand; 




^ — =m — ^ j — 2) — sa- - 

zl— *;— ad— *l " - 



Je - sus helps me bear my bur-dens and to stand each shock of e - vil, 
Tho the e - vil may sur-round me, and the world may mock, and jeer me, 
Sav-ing love will keep me fight-iug ev- 'ry temp-ter's knock, to harm me, 

__♦ ♦ ,♦ fc._J*"—Q* '*— ♦ r * *- — * t+—P- — ~ — £ -i 



" r ^ y u y y 

£7 -*- -»- -4»- P -•- 



I am safe up - on the might -y Rock, the sol - id Rook. 
I will firm - ly stand up - on the Rock, the sol - id Rock. 
I shall win by stand- ing on the Rock, the sol - id Rock. 



•m- -»- -»- -m-- i — -■- -m- 




m 



Chorus 



-"V 



*T3R 



3adS^sd«La| _ 53- 






On the Rock I'm safe from danger, Thru the wild-est 
On the Rock of A-ges I'm se-cure, 

_R R i i> P ^ n ft 



-tr- 



^EfefSE^Iz^^iH^ 




rz. : 



:£= 



On the Rock of Ages 



storms it will ea-dure; 

4; A A— t_- ' 






£3= 



it will en-dure; 



It can not be moved by an - y 




£=2^ 






hg^JE_E_E__£^Si 



_Lz&__i_:±:::£ 



:z^_a£-»z3^z2E3sL:a£. 



^_ R_ _r _ I * _l » -_r-- .h_ ^rz=rrz stiH 



It will stand for-ev-er, there is Ev-er-last-ing safe-ty on the Rock. 

_ . . . 

R n I -J 



r 



shock, 
ft. ft I h i U_ 

-£_EzJ_j.t_:t_-t_-|_- 



-*-*-- 



*_-_ -*— tT'C u 



the sol-id Rock, 



tr-tr 



The Savior Gares Tor You 



— r-= 

No. 69 

Copyright, 1950, by Stamps-Baxter Music & Printing Co. 
Monteene Slaughter in "Better Songs" Charles B.Atkins, Jr. 



I 



W £zt-tffctF±=t i5_z_t3____g.Eg_zjlr < ?_:5___: 

v* ._— . * -_k- 



=t 



1. If skies are gray, drear-y the day, There is a Friend that's true,yes, true; 

2. While on the road to love's a - bode. Give Him the hon - or due, His cue; 



3. Then up 



a - bove,in realms of love, Life here on earth all thru, all thru; 

V- I 



i~~ E_: — *" * '*"• — t __ 

^_EE_E£____=pS 




F-^F- 




FlNE 






I. 



^ 






1^ 



E^gg-ljVzg 



He'll ne'er for - sake.tho foes o'er-take, Ihe Sav-ior cares for you. 

In full ac - cord, trust in His word, 

Joy bells will ring, ev - er you'll sing, for you. 



K -tg_zS~ g.pa__S±ff— l=: p _ — . ~' l~ £===__ 

D.S.— He'll be your friend un - to the end, 

Chorus D. 

so true; 



Yes, Je-sus cares, He cares for you, No oth - er one so true; 



_Jz=S^gzJ_.— 



•A- -_-»-A-_ 

—J — F— t- — h— 



_>_fi_ 



F^= 



tJ 



No. 70 I'll Settle Down Beyond the River 

Copyright, 1950, by Stamps-Baxter Music & Printing Co. 
B. E. F. . in "Better Songs" II. E. Fulmer 

2~ 5-E^tebz?-«— *=^2±z?M=£-*=&= gd£ 



1. Wheu shall end this earth-ly life, with its toil and sin and strife, I'll be 

2. I shall ev - er hap-py be in that great e - ter - ni - ty, Fiud-ing 

3. My dear Sav- ior I shall see, who has done so much for me, And in 

-L <J. J— L J 1 > . 1 C 



t a fa -cg 



-CL_t*_^: 



y *> y 



} £ji—+> — ♦ — ♦ — -^ ♦ — ■»■ — ♦. -rim 



HI 



mov- 
shel - 
ways 



ing out from here, a - cross the foam, the rays-tic 
ter 'neath the shin -ing heav'n-ly dome, the shin-ing 
of sin and sor-row nev - er roam, no more to 



foam; 
dome; 
roam; 



Just 

All 

I 



be- 
my 

will 



fes f 



=&=£=£: 



-t: 



-V- 







J^hj^fe — — phPT-fr- 



yond the roll-ing tide, on the shin-ing glo - ry side, 
joys will be com-plete, as the ran-somedones I meet, 
feel at home I know, when to that fair land I go, glad-Iy, 



I'll set -tie 



■(*— (— — T-~— (— - — *-—■ (— - "t— "— rl*~ *■= a: ^ ^ — S- 



-r^-— Ir.' g * ■ 

— -i i* 4 



y tT y 

Chorus 



g=g=g= 



SZ ju ^-l-pi — afc L -ft* a— • 



down and be at home. I'll set - tie down be-yond the 

I'll be at home. 

-A- -A- K IS ft rt . •*• 



tfc#==tr=^=p:g— gz^-Fs— STga-k= E=|cr|r3 




fc± :5^S±z?- 5^5^fcr^| 



Where part - ings nev • er more shall 
when shall dawn heaven's morning, 



-Phr — tgz^z ^f -p-tg ^-r • Fi — t r— i»— t r-tr- t r- ^ 



rr^f 



t 



I'll Settle Down Beyond the River 



&k 



^ 



— ( — - !-♦-•—♦ — ♦ ♦ 3 — ♦— *M ♦— 



P 



come; 



there'll be no part-ings; 



Soon I'll cross the riv - er Jor-dan, to the 




a — A'— a - ^ - ~— a «- y >-H — y — H-ff*— i u 



i± 



y "+J y— tr^y |— 

hap-py land of Ca-naan, I'll set- tie down and be at home. . 

glad-Iy, I'll be at home. 



-i?- 1 ? 



.- p ^ ^ * 



fr-g— g-p: 



-S^F- 



■D~£r 



5^ 



dz 



1 



y 



No. 71 

Augustus M. Toplady 



Rock of Ages 




^=N 



Thomas Hastings 






3^3=3=^ 



1. Rock of A - ges, cleft for me, Let me hide my - self in Thee; 

2. Could my tears for - ev - er flow, Could my zeal no Ian - guorknow, 

3. While I draw this fleet -ing breath, When my eyes shall close in death. 

ft PN- 




Let the wa - ter and 
These for sin could not 
When I rise to worlds 



^^$4 






the blood, From Thy wound-ed side which flowed, 
a - tone; Thou must save, and Thou a - loDe: 
un-known, And be - hold Thee on Thy throne, 



iV^= F S± = jS=E=:S: 



g — \j—9r\t=b — b— | 



iSJ 



F 






I 



» 



» 3^=W-- 



"-=£ 



q= 



Be of sin the don ■ 
In mr hand no price 
Bock of A - ges, cleft 

tj™ — i i™- r: ^-r- 



H =^ 4N » £<— 



fct=±z 



ble cure, 

1 bring, 

for me, 

-A— t-A 

:t. 



Save from wrath and make me pure. 
Sim - ply to Thy cross I cling. 
Let me hide ray - self in Thee. 

_=___£ — h — fs. 



T^'TH^rr *!^^ 



BE 



wm 



No. 72 



Jesus Will Be There 



Copyright, 1950, by Stamps-Baxter Music & Printing Co. 
C.W. B. in "Better Songs" C. W.Ballew 

4»- 



isa^^^ ^^^a 



1. When I come to cross the tide, o - ver to the oth - er side, 

2. When we reach fair Ca-naan's shore, ev - 'ry sor-row will be o'er, 

3. When this world has passed a • way, and shall dawn the per - feet day, 



fT^fe^ 




_ti_Rj _ r 



g ag Jn& gE& ^=^ =\ 



Je-sus will be there, yes, He will be there; 

Je-sus will be there, Je-sns will be there; 







When 1 en - ter heaven's land, I shall clasp the nailscarred hand, 
With our friends we shall a - bide, where the soul is sat - ia-fied, 
Sin and trib - u - la- tions gone, with the blest we shall live on, 



i^ii^y=Niibyyrii 




i^M^E* 



Fnn 



Je- sua will be there, yes, He will be there. 

Je-sus will be there, Je-sus will be there. 



E Ftt -p-M-d-h-v— * P- il*- 



Chorus 










Bf— = 

how sweet to know when we're called to go, 

how sweet to know • when we're called to go, 



gg =^lSm^^"^^ ^- : Fi 




Jesus Will Be There 



y P P y y y 
Je-sus will be there, yes, He will be there; 
Je - sua will be there, Je-sus will be there; 



Ejfff^bg 



-*-^- 



t*dEW^=eJ*£ 



«fc 



^^tez: 



1 



5-F=*- 



fc§ 



»-— — ♦ — 



y 
D.S. 

jggjaEgjEJ 

Free from death and tears, thru un-end-ing years, 

Free from death and tears, thru un-end-ing years, 

R fi J! 2 J * R fin p J 

-Ah -A- W ■ A- -,*_- j* 1 -A--AI- I V -Al- 






1 



3 [I b" V 



-p-^- 



s^-tMi-^ 



-y- - 



No. 73 






In Him There Is ViGtory 

Copyright, 1950, by Stamps-Baxter Music & Printing Co. 
W. C. B. in "Better Songs" W. Cleo Brantley 

1. In this bus - y life, with its toil and strife, Christ the Lord still leads the way; 

2. Lift your eyes a- bove, trust His sav-ing love, He will cleanse you from your sin; 

3. Firm-ly march a - long, o - ver-com-ing wrong, In Him there is vie - to-ry; 




If we fol - low Him, tho the path be dim, He will lead us home some day. 
Nev-er doubt nor fear, He is al- ways near, In His name new life be -gin. 
He will lead us home,wheie no sor-rows come, And, with Him we'll ev-er be. 



(§§: 



-t: 












y— y r r r y " r 

D. S. With Him al-ways near,there is naught to fear, In Him there is vie - to - ry. 



Cher us 






*=#* 



=±=9 



3=^ 



Trf— ^""-C 



D.S. 

►.li 



There is joy di - vine in this soul of mine, Since the Sav-ior set me free; 

-a- 



3*= 



E=iiE! 



-fir : 






y 



t= 



^ 



-©>- 



No. 74 



A Lot of Heaven 



Copyright, 1950, by Stamps-Baxter Music & Printing Co. 
H. L. T. in "Better Songs" Henry L. Thompson 



1. I'm sing-ing all day long, a hap-py glad new song, Be-cause I have a 

2. I trav - el on each day, re - joic-ing on my way, 

3. No more in sin I roam, my soul is fac-ingbome, 



y y u y u i y • y y ? ^ 




lot of heav-en in my 

'way 
n 

^= £ "£J S L 



• 1 1 - 1 ii 

\j J \j V y 

soul; I'm find -ing pure de - light 

I go to Him in prayer, 
down in my soul; By faith I'm press -ing on, 



-y- 



•w — = — rv — i^ — r — 



-i — 



? J — L^ «. =^ g4— ^ — L ^ ^ *- w - *— fr"*— * 

a - long the path of right, yes, I have a lot of heav - en 
and find sweet sol - ace there, 
my fears and doubts are gone, 



mm 



:t=|=: 



Chorus 



■*. — w- 



:£— S=± 



r-»— f*- 



I UffUlTyUU!; I • ^ y 



in my soul. Fire of love came down, 

'way down in my soul. The fire of love came down, and 

„-.!_>!- — . JL_D_JL^ — £ a_ a _£_,* 



-» — 1 ■— v *— c — r 







_ ii y 

I am heav-en bound, The Lord will lead me 

now I'm heav-en bound, I'm trust-ing One who'll safe • ly lead ma 



seese: 



:~t= 



P=5F=£" F_— S - Z -= — „ — •- 



-h ufc Uk — *t 



X 



"* — *- 



=C-V 



A Lot of Heaven 



dfc 1 ^- N -W— T3 1— id= r P J J**Vir -H -c- 

E p-=r* — ♦-^ ♦^^ r F=j— ♦ — -^ -♦-♦-♦—n- -3 — j = fr- 



to the shining goal; Love has lift - ed me, made me 

to the goal; His love has lift - ed me and made me glad and 






-a— i*> ^ 



-r 




fcczz: h h f : 



-srfk — Mk rfk— Mk- 

t> y y y 
4 



=fr 



1 



fci 






ao: 



i >> x-y • y y y y 

glad and free, A lot of heav - en in my soul. 

free, yes, I have a lot of heav-en 'way down in my soul. 




No 75 My Kin* Divine 

Copyright, 1950, by Stamps-Baxter Music & Printing Co. 
Rev. J. W. Gaines * in "Better Songs" W.B.Walker 

i r> 

— fi — -• — i h p i 



rF? 1 ^- 1— as) 1 I — '-— zj 1 r-F — * * 1" 1 1 — t5— 



1. Years I spent in sin's dark val - ley, Nev - er think-ing of the end; 

2. I am sure that He will guide me To that ci - ty bright a - bove; 

3. Do you face a dark to-mor-row, Fu - ture holds for you a dread? 



1 ^4. Z ^f-^S— Mk a* 



I* Jfc- H 1 1 A- -. 

I 1 — r\ . I- P 1 r 



-♦ 1 1 t— 

-^ 1* Uk — U 



F ■ - 



st£-- 



-bH-t- 




Fine 



^SB 



:=] 



3=*: 



=PFh== 



Now I'm par-doned, free aud hap - py Since my 
Tho the storms may b?-at a - round me I am 
There is joy for all your sor- rows, Thru the 
_^-i_fc«. — ^__>_ _ j-*--^ — fc^ ». — __ __ — + 



^=izpi— ♦— 1=- 



Sav-ior dwells with-in. 
safe with - in His love, 
blood that Je - sus shed. 



T 



1 — r-i — t 



D.S. -Songs of praise I now am sing - ing, Walk-ing 
Chorus 



hzSE^bz^zEsfc 



- m =3—=^- — 



with the King di-vine. 



He's my song, all day long, For I know 



m^£ 



3= 



?a=S^S=S-=fe 



— I- 
7SZ 

His love 

he 



mine; 



is 



1 — I — S 



sz 



1 



No. 76 Pollow the Light 

Copyright, 1950, by Stamps-Baxter Music & Printing Co. 
Mrs. Austin Williams in "Better Songs" Austin William* 

ft 



"4.-S— Al— If™ -*U---J -H ■*— Al Ai Af— "4— **- --J— -J — »)—■(— a* -J 



1. The Sav-ior will cleanse you from all wrong, give to your heart a hap -py song, 

2. The sto - ry of sav-ing rner - cy sing, walk-ingand talk-ingwith the King, 

3. Just fol - low the light to life's true goal, heav-en, the home land oi the soul, 






i-J— S 



1 y y J 






Fill - ing you with new cour- age strong, fol - low the Iight.beav-en's light; 
Joy-ful-.ly mak-ing prais-es ring, hold -ing His hand, might-y hand; 
Where we shall dwell while a - ges roll, prais- ing for aye, praise for aye; 



Jft. jft- <*- 



-I*- ~ 



Cy y y. y_ , ^ _?_ C . J 

Let heav-en - Iy sun-shine dwell with-in, shun-niug thedrear-y path of sin, 
He is the true keep-er of the heart, let not the world draw you a-part, 
He's prom-ised our faith shall end in sight, if we keep walk-ing in the light, 

-■* -l*- S*c- •#•• ^ , ^. 



*itrrfcqfc±« 



-A M-k, JL.- 



r=U=ir-t=tJ: 



-6|» 



._, 1 BE flt_ 

la — ■*— ■> — ■> 

3= tr— £=£- 



II 



* fi 



^-q— q=q 



n rs h 



-!>—]*. 



-4— ^-J-z 4q:qz 



Fine 




w 7 

And the sweet home in heav-en win, love - ly and bright, home so bright. 
Since you have made the up - ward start to that bright land.glo - ry land. 
Soon we shall take our up - ward flight, with Him to slay, home to stay. 

ft ! _ft ft 




D.8. — Where the dark shad-ows of 
ii Chorus 



this world nev - er can come, nev - er come. 




Beau -ti 
Just fol - low the light 



fnl light 



from a • bove, 



i y - 



a_ 
7- 



from heav -en a^ bove, 



f^mm 



follow the Light 



L a — B — ai_ — l? 



o^= 



-J, 



=p 



Tour sor - row He'll 
"1 X 



Ban-ish, and thrill your heart with love; 



sav-ing love; 



$=$=fc 



crct 



- — wm — m — m- 
-^ — i 1 1 — 

-E — y — v u - 



© ^ iJ J 



iFfe: 




-D-4 



b* - — ** — gj — * - 



ESi 



D.S. 

r> i 



u 



Won-der - ful light, lead you home, 

Keep trust-ing this light to lead yon up home, 



:£=£ 



-p=E 



r j ^ 



-A— B»- 



>4 



- K - tf. |£=E=t£x: 



I 



No. 77 Lead Me To the Promised Land 

Copyright, 1950, by Stamps-Baxter Music & Printing Co. 
H. L. in "Better Songs" Henry Lambert 



4dSfl#-T~r? =TT - ' lJ J 1 I r J >JH 

4 aj * H lazrai~i3Lzzalzi^i^±gz=g=^gzrd=z^~3^z=Slzd 

1. When the day is dark and drear, to Thee I would be near, Shad-ows 

2. Help me reach those gone a - stray, and show to them the way, For Thee 



ass a • : x 



£= ?— s =e 



-Mk- 

-I — 

it 



4=: 



-yk-r-i — 



:t=t 



tfe 



-tr — rj- 






^ 



-JL 



=ffc 



■i — I 1- 5 —- J -* — « — xi — * — ^ — »-H 



3^*^3: 



fade a - way 
trne and faith' 



:£=£ 



when I can feel Thy hand; I would live for Thee each day, give 
ful I would ev - erstand;Give me strength for ev-'ry load, and 

■— Uk — Mk — bfc — Sk IA— 



■¥ — fc 



g= fc 



SEE 



§ 



S 






S=ff 



help a - long 
keep me on 

*• — w 



^5 






EfefeS 



the way, Sav - ior, lead me on -ward to the prom-ised land, 
the road Lead - ing on- ward, up -ward to the prom-ised land. 



E- -*• ^ 



u y 



tn— tr 




No. 78 



I'm Gonna Take a Ride 



Copyright, 1950, by Stamps-Baxter Music & Priatlng Go. 
W.A.S. <n "Batter Songs" W.Allan Slow 






1. Some won- der - ful morn-ing I'm gon - na take a ride up home, 

2. I'm gon - na fly up to that ci - ty on the wings of love, 

3. what a joy, rid - ing with Je - sua to the glo - ty land, 

-A- -A - m -A- -A- -A- -A- 1 -A*- _| 

^t~!^ — !T — !T . -rA — !*■ A — A — A !*• — r* rl !*- 1 



-0—0- 



Is 



y u 



I tr- 



£_Et=. E 



i — i 1 — i - — i 






T, 'l y ~y I *y ~ y 

With Je - sns to guide me safe o'er the foam, o'er the foam; 

To be with my Sav- ior at home a - bove, home a - bove; 

What rap-ture to join heav-en's white - robed band, shout-ins band; 









i^^^^^l 



y ~#~ " y 

I'll en - ter the man-sions He's build-ing for the good and true, 

I'm gon-na set sail for that coun-try o'er the Jor - dan wide, 

Where comes no more sor- row nor part-ings, we'll sing praise for aye, 

- - - -A- -A- 1 -J- -f*-A- 

jzrfl*. ftq 

zzz izE *j 



-s — s 



!-zzzb:zz:fc=tj£EE^E=&— js=rte=2=±|z - 



-I — tr-t 



# 



r> 



Fore 



— U ^JN 

— : zs [ jl:A 



3 — *- 



:zj:=z|=3 



W 



A - way up in glo - ry, be • yond 
Yes, Boon I'll be tak - ing my home 
I'm read-y, and I'll take that ride 



-A 

=7 



1/ y 

the blue, shin -ing bine. 

• ward ride, home-ward ride. 

some day, hap - py day. 



^ 



D.S.-Re-joic-ing with loved ones for ev 
Chorus 



**J1 



-r 



gX^J L£ J bai 



1 7 '~ 

I'm gon-na take a ride 



Take a ride 



up through the sky, 



more, ev - er - more. 
c j — f— j-J 






t— tr-tr 




m 



My Sav- ior 



E^£ 



I'm Gonna Take a Ride 



5 



4F 



-J* 



f^ 



m 



Lead-ug to that bright shore; 

is that bright won-drous shore; 

J P I s I f* I s 

-A- -A- -A- 1 -*- •*!- U -J -AJ- J 



■V ! 



4==Se=s: 



:p: 



±± 



'V- 



a 



-/v 



-* fcc- 



#= g= 



H* w- - 



it! 

-J 



-=?- 



sH 



With my KiDg, praise I'll sing, 

In heav-en with my King, His praise I'll . sing, 

I ft .Pi 



■m=& 



ft N 

'— *— g — s- 



.^ 



-w -(*- 



-y_ 



iS 



No. 79 

Wm. P. Mackay 



Revive Us A&ain 




J. J. Husband 

-I— J- 




•?5< *— *- 



1. We praise Thee, Godl for the Son of Thy love, For Je - sus who 

2. We praise Thee, Godl f or Thy Spir- it of light, Who has shown us our 

3. All glo - ry and praise to the Lamb that was slain, Who has borne all our 

* — i* — i*- r |0 T|» •fe'. nt- 



&7S-T- 






mm 



*=^ 



L — J*_ 



¥ 



*_*_ r *L 



Chorus 




died, and is now gone a - bove. 
Sav - ior, and scat-tered our night. Hal-le - Iu - jahl Thine the glo - ry, Hal-Ie« 
sins, and has cleansed ev-'ry stain. 
M. Jtr-jm-jei. 




Iu - jahl A -men! Hal-le - lu-jah! Thine the glo -ry, Re -vive us a - gain.^ 

g it .f~ r • r .f* - r f-' +~ . i» ft J . tz-r**- ' 



No. 80 Keep Your Li£ht Shining 

Copyright, 1950, by Stamps-Baxter Music & Printing Co. 
L. G. P. in "Better Songs" Luther G. Presley 

J» -6 



y a. *i — ml — i 1 * 1 1 — i 1 1 t-t-m — — t — — I -i — 



1. Since the Sav - ior has turned your sad-ness to a beau - ti - ful life of 

2. Ton can make heav-y bur -dens light-er, heaven's gin - ry a lit • tie 

3. Heav-en's bliss is a - wait - ing yon-der where the ties of love will be 



r- 1 L| y y 1_ | 1_ 1 



D y 3 3 t7 




-tTTJ-3—D 




© 



*- 



glad-nese, 
bright-er, 
fond-er, Keep your light shin-ing 









^Ff-p-^ 



Faith-ful Chris-tians on the way; 

for Je - sus; 



*=tr-jp: 









J — ■■— Q — 9 — 9 -m > — &~ 9 — * — "■ — »~~ — *^ — *• — * — * — 



Mak-ing known the e - ter - nal sto - ry as yon trav - el a - long to 
Lift- ing souls from the depths of sor- row will make bright-er some one's to* 
March-ing on with the King su • per - nal to that ci • ty of love e- 



r-f-ff 



l^rg=£^im 






-*- 



glo - ry, Keep your light shin 'ing, 

mor - row, 

ter - nal, shin-ing, shin-ing 

U JA 

:£=:£ *= 






bright-er each day. 









^^Ni^^^a 



!=ff{=f 



Let it shine, shine down in the val - ley, o - ver the monn-tain, 

C ~-Gr J^ ^ >■ F- •£* "X- 



Ff 



P 



^ 



g=n=nzie^Eg | 




Keep Your Light Shining 



■Jts=^. 



*f 






Shine for the pre - cioos souls a -stray; 



m± 



Al. 



keep your love-light shin -ing; 



£ 



.pa au: — I CJ — w — m - 



j^# 


— i- 


— i — a- 
--a£=»* — ■ 


1— 

— a^- 


=*4- 

—At 
— i 


■tifc 

b* — *— k — 


-*- 




— <•(- 

— ^— 


— « 


*f 


-•1- 

-a- 


^ 


There 


is 




ioy, 

1 

a!- 

-t- 




P P y V 
'mong the bright an- 


gels 


when 

-«- 
-It" 


a 


lost 

— m~ 


sin 

-*- 
"a~ 


-ner 


Wh a 


-A 

-1 — 

y 


-r— 




"IT 


ts 










U 




■ 

j 



li 



H=d-*^==|r^ 



_i — « — ^ 



s^j: 



e 



- ^ « )— *- 



Mr 



„ B B f 

You lead back to the liv - ing way. 

lead them back to the Sav-ior. 



U I 



-*3fc- -^- -T^- 

_ A. i I : 



feR 



^ 



S3 



-A_l»_ r A 



r» J» J» ft ft 



-y- ^ 



j* j i* 



=-r 



a 



No. 81 Trust and His Will Obey 

Copyright, 1950, by Stamps-Baxter Music & Printing Co. 
Mrs. T. W. in "Better. Songs" Mrs. Tom Wallace 






1. Will you be read-y when Je-sus comes, On the great judg-ment day? 

2. Je - sus is ten - der - ly plead-ing now; From your sins turn a - way, 

-m — A 



:t=t: 



^k_A_-A.i_Jk, — A A A__^_£H«i 

m- »-H 1 1— I- - — F — F — F 1 H»— -»■ 



h— PL.- 0— p_ £— l*--h 



^ 



♦ m — ♦) — a — m h 



1—5 — 55±*t_d _ to-i-*U£*J 



heed His warn-ing, dear sin-ner friend, Trust and His will o- bey. 
Hum-bly ac-cept Him e'er 'tis too late, Trust and His will o - bey. 

-A — A— A— ,A— i*-^ 



ECT-l * A A A ft* - £■•» - p = A A • _. A A_k. A A ,»._. _ 



No. 82 



Pd Like to Be Here 



Copyright, 1950, by Stamps-Baxter Music & Printing Co. 
AdgerM. Pace in "Better Songs" S.L. Wallace 



11=3:2 g-g= g r 5-5^-5-^-^s-g-g-g- P - " ^ ~ 



1. When Je«sus shall come in all of His glo-ry, back to this world of tron-ble and 

2. When Ga-bri-el blows his sil-ver-y trum-pet call-ing God's children home to sweet 

3. When Je-sus shall say, Come all of ye bless-ed, en - ter ye in the heav-eu - ly 






l; U P 



tir-rd^ 



— * — •«— c — ^ - ♦ - -Mho* _ - ♦ *i - rt - J ♦ 



woe, I'd like to be here 
rest, 



! tr-b ~ — " " f P f "f f U 
and read-y to go; 



1 



fold, 



^SLdi 



I'd like to be here 



5 



H ^- 



m 



-t-t 










and read-y to go; 



■r- — (-■— Hk — bk — tk. — r= —i 

El:± t_C_£-J 

■m-m ■-■_■»—«» J 
— i — i — i- +.—+,—+,— «. — <* — ^ ^—♦_^i — ♦-i-^ — ^_^^__3_^ — 

^U — ** — Arf-^- 1 ' 

With all the re-deemed, then sleeping and liv-ing when He shall call, may it be 
To see the old graves of saint-ed oies bursting and the re-deemed, so hap-py and 
And when He shall take them on a bright cloud of glo-ry to yon-der ci - ty of 



u E b p * 



V g-Z ♦— ♦— — & ♦ 1— ♦ ♦-, 



U7 



H" b 



a -a— Ai— A 1 - 



3^ 



1 



50, 

blest, 

god, I'd like to be here 



I'd like to be here and read-y to go. 



m.-M-m-n-**- 



i 1 1— (— | — I — ^-p—F^-r^-k-r 



Choeus 

— — * — MP-H 



and read-y to go. 






:=U^ 



==£ 



13 



y b b* ^ b . 

I'd like to be here and liv-ing that day, 

I'd like to be here and liv-ing that day, 






-for.=£=6 



I'd Like to Be Here 




#=* 



When Je-sus comes down to take us a - way; 

When Je-sus comes down to take us a-way; 

jfe e _-r.J > .f>jij> ^ J 



fi=*=t 



25 M_ 



^ 



t^ 



1 X 



! =q_ S 






trirrir-r- 






V b B tf t> In 



a 



When He shall say, Leave your la-bors be-low, 

When He shall say, Leave your la-bors be-Jow t 



m 



-m 



=1 — K- 



.^_iA_Ji_ a 



kz&=#=# 









£•»£ /♦ = • — -© ♦ -t— ' *—•-«,- -—I 



mi 



5 b w 



■ ai — a— 2 -3 - Lia a— i— 



I'd like to be here and read-y to go. 
I'd like to be here and read-y to go, 



E^ 






■ * F *- 



r- tr-Hi-V- S r-fr 



3= 






-c*i»: 



ISo. 83 

John Newton 



innr* - 






m 



AmazinA Grace 



Wm. Walker 
4- 




sa 



1. A - maz-ing grace how sweet the sound, That saved a wretch like mel ♦ 

2. 'Twas grace that taught my heart to fear, And grace my fears re - lieved; 

3. Thru man - y dan-gers, toils and snares, I have al - read - y come; 

4. When we've been there ten thousand years.Bright shin- ing as the sun, 



± 



&— -B h 



t=t 



n- 






y-4-k : 



r-T 



±=t 



f-r- 




fe^d=^=wa 



SSea 



9=* 






-zst- 



5 



9= 



I . once was lost, but now am found; Was blind,but now I see. 

How pre-cious did that grace ap-pear, The hour I first be-lieved, 

'Tis grace that bro't me safe thus far, And grace will lead me home. 

We've no less days to sing God's praise Than when we first be -gun. 




No. 84 



Jesus 



Copyright, 1950, by Stamps-Baxter Music & printing Co. 
G.A. T. in "Better Songs" G. A.Thacker 

J\ V ft V_K K ft 



mssmmmmm^ 



1. Je - sua the Sav - ior came down from a-bove To give sal - va-tion's plan, 

2. Born in a man-ger, no room in the inn For heav-en's price-less Gem, 

3. No roy - al wel-come a - wait-ed Him here, His was a low - ly birth, 

ft ft .ft _ -t*-" o 



i V\* h i P 



-y — i 1 1 — H* — i h- 







Gave up Hisglo-ry to show us God's love, Andres-cue poor fall-en man; 
Yet He was cora-ing to save us from sin, If hum-bly we'dfol-low Him; 
He came to save us from death and de-spair And bring sweet peace to the earth; 



#z£=|=E^^=£-|£=fcfcfe 



-y— y — y— y — y— y- 



ir-rr 



E &=SL=S=S=BtItz 



mn 



F F 

' y 




if» y y ^ 



u 

Won-der-ful sto - ry ofmer-cy di - vine, He came to save this lost 
Mar - vel-ous how He suchmer - cy could show,Bring-ing sal - va-tion to 
Rap-tur-ous praise-es un-to Him are due, He went to Cal-v'ry for 



LE* 



^^ 



: fEzzg p: 



t=tt 



:fc— fc-1 



:p=p: 



u y 



soul of mine, Ev-er I'll praise Him, His name-a - dore 

earth be-low; We shall ex- tol Him, His name a - dore Here andfor ev-er- 

me 'end you; Let us with glad-ness His name a - dore 

-■— ■ P » — jg- 

h 1 m - 

- y— y— y— t— 



I-— — — — Jfc ~» *-rH« Ml * A «k 1 — r- — U™ ' 

g uffi^ s — P — t-F " —"—"——— ™m?*t" — c — t - 



®=& 



Fine Chorus 

-i* — r^ 



-al— - 






3§E 



-(♦■ 

y y 

more. Won - der - ful Sav - ior, Je - sus, our friend, 

ev-er - more. Won - der - ful Je - sus, 



-El -- t =t = t=t=^= E=:=p--E»EE^Ei3 
aK- i. {4— te 1 ^ 5— fc — k-rfl ^ 

y y y y y (7 ^ y T 



p> ft r» h 



Jesus 




a=f- ■ ^ »-^ -' 



^^ ^^^t^ 



r 



r*=r 



Pre-cious Re-deem-er, Sav-ior of man; Gave up His glo-ry , mercy to send, 
ior of man; Gave up His glo-ry. 



8av 



-E^ 



^^ 



1=111 



BE 



u u u u 






u K 



:^^ 






-op- 
i v. 

Bring-in g to mortals God's on-ly plan, Plan of re-demp-tion, ho-ly and sweet, 
Bring - ing God's plan, Plan of re-demp-tion, 



D. S. 



«?^ i "ij u i — .,_ — i w* •♦- ^ 



Full of God's glo-ry, full and complete; Hon-or and praiseHim, His name a-dore 
Full andcom-plete; 




IT? 



Ev'ry Day, All the Way 

Copyright, 1950, by Stamps-Baxter Music & Printing Co. 
B. B. Edmiaston in "Better Songs" W. I. Lee 



No. 85 



M^i^i 



$=$ 



*— h-h- 



p 



-gj-H 



rUb^nl 



•&-' R wu' y y ■ y M v 

1. Lord, I want to work for Thee, Ev-'ry day, all the way; 

2. I would be Thy ser-vant true, 

3. Help me show Thy sav-ing love, 



Ev-'ry day, 



yea, all the way; 







Thy my guide and lead-er be, Ev-'ry day, 

Thou com-mand-ments I would do, 

Point -ing souls to heav'n a-bove, Ev-'ry day, 



y y y 
all the way. 



yes, all the way. 




No. 86 Lonesome for Heaven 

Copyright, 1950, by Stamps-Baxter Music & Printing Co. 
J. L. S. in "Better Songs' 1 John L. Shrader 



r. When my trav-'ling days down here are o - ver, and I hear the call for 
2. When I hear the call for me, to-mor-row, I shall rise on wings and 






me to go, Lord, I Want to be found robed and read-y for that day; 
fly a-way,From this world of sin to where the heartaches all are o'er; 

i— g fe L^ ^ 1 






-h — h 



|-"=T 



♦ -♦' — ♦— ♦ -.F * 1 — ♦ — <* — g — — — ♦— ♦— fr y— »-y F»- jto— ' 



I am trust-ing now God's hand to lead me thru this sin - ful re - gion 
I shall join the mil - lions sing-ing yon-der, in that land of joy and 



jSTbr^ l~ rJ P~T r rtj^T"""^u ^~" r~l; "P" fr-Jst- . f _ H 



* r ^, g — ♦ — ♦ — •*— ^j— ^H--j F*> ^ — i— -\ ♦— ^ F i ,^— v .i 'j 

i A. *l 2 — At — S L A — Al— A<— *M — 4U rfM — *a — S- 1 -^ *N— ■ 



here be - low, On some glad to-mor-row I'll go homefor-e'er to stay, 
end-less day, Hal-le - la - jah, we shall live for- ev- er on that shore. 



_i — I m. — m — p.— m. — «-,-«■ — s — kK — - s — w — * — i«— ik-rah »*- »— » 




Choeus 






&TE* 



ttr. 



5 l\ v 



fTTr 



r- 

Heav'n my home, glo • ry fair, 

I am lone-some for heav - en, my man-sion in glo - ry, 



-IS g '".I 

$ — ir 



i 



EEEE 



Lonesome for Heaven 



h - f 



ft=fr 



m 



j» 



- b $ D 



♦- 5=**= 



-^ — i — =i— h 



-r 



* jW- 



-H t&- 






Shout the praise oi Je - sus the King; 
Where I'll shout the glad prais-es 



gg 



-» i»— Am— m — m— m K j 



r-t 



fe=HI 



Be 



fcJ B 



J-0-0-*- 



3 kt 






^zzzzzzzz-f^zzzzz^zzH 

yi y m A -l J 



Ring^ - ing there, Bto - ry true, 

Gold-en bells will be ring - ing the won-der - ful sto - ry, 



m 



fc: 



■=5 — i*. 



£=£ 



-rl »- 



4*— £*- 



^^m 




Gath - er home, for-ev - er we'll sing. 
When we gath-er up yon - der, with an-gels sing, 

N h N ^ I 

^^eE£E^^EEg£E^^^| 



P P u» 

No. 87 



Help Me Hold Thy Hand 

Copyright, 1950, by Stamps-Baxter Music & Printing Co. 
B. B. Edmiaston in "Better Songs" JohnPhifer 

h '' ' ' -1— 1-4 



P-JVJ 1 1— -s— N- 4 I— 

zrf :z^zzq=4z^B=3zz*zzzfez^— a-: 
5zz^zz*zzgzzgzzzf*zz^zz^-g^EizziiEft 




1. Thru this sin-ful land, help me hold Thy hand When my fee-ble strength would fail; 

2. As I on- ward go, help me, Lord, to know That, a -lone, I can not stand, 

3. When the eve-ning falls, and the reap-er calls, May I go with faith in Thee; 



-•x-Hx 



-tzztztzrr*zz5zz*zztz=t 
zzkzz£zhz -I F— fczzkzj 



HjE^EEfE&E 



tr-tr 



t— t=S 



t=- 



*=*z 



F^=d: 



r _ — , p r> L j »j — i — p i 1 , j j 

:z^z^pz^zzz]z^zzsrpgzz*zz^zz^zz?-pz4 
_^_Erzz^zz5zi^zzzLE»zz-zz3^=fi^-t*z^: 



5|z.!!zE3_z; 



l^j 



10 



That I may be true and Thy bid-ding do, Lord, be near when foes as-sail. 

But with Thee can win o - ver ev-'ry sin, When in faith I hold Thy hand, 

Hold-ing to Thy hand, en-ter glo - ry land, There to spend e - ter - ni - ty. 

izjgz-Hzz£_»2 prr tEfczrfezzI 

gEEgz zz^gzLgz^ El^ 

i j: — c r * c | — J 



-A- -*k- -A- -A- -A- -A- 

£?£=?* ^zztzzztzztz^- »: 
zza3iii&z=tzz^z r ^z 1 btz 



No. 88 He Made the Blue Skies, New Skies 

Copyright, 1950, by Stamps-Baxter Music & Printing Co. 
Luther G. Presley in "Better Songs" V. O. Fossett 




1. 1 know the pre-cious love of Je - sus 

2. A -lone He bore my heav - y bur -dens 

3. I'm not a-shamed to own my Sav-ior 

bAt— r-A I 1 bfc Mk- 






is with me each day, 
in sor - row and shame, 
for lov - ing me so. 



gg 






1 



Z^-" 1 - 


-q « — ^ « ^ H-?— ^ — »- 


r-l'- "^-N 


v y y y 
His hand di- 


"^ a a! ^ A. 
| < U -•- 

His hand di- vine leads me a - 
rine 


1, U w f y 

long; 

leads me a - long; 

r j* -* J* p 


fiV 


-- fc* A M jjfc Uk A A— h w ■—- 1 

-" 1 1 1 1- 1 m — ■-Ks. m \ 


trr-, -i v. 


B^b-- 1 — » 




y y 


i . i, 



_/ 


1 ft ,ft .•% 




^ 


K 


fs 


r> 


if ■- 


ip is n n n 


~^~ 


^h-P 1- 


— al- 


^ 


2 




■ ' u P J P 


i 


\ p i i 




ad 


— 30- t-3B *— 


T Ml 3D A! 


t^ 


When I was 
He led me 
He taught me 

«— * K ♦- 

^— Mk fcfc gk - 


' y y 

bur - dened down* with sor - 

to the liv - ing foun- 

how to live re-joic- 

|-A 1 1 1 <* — 

H ta — ^ — m 1 


row 
tain, 
ing 

— (• — 

— A — 


He came in 
yes, bless His 
as on - ward 

2^ piT-U 


to 

dear 
1 

-£- 


stay, 

name, 

go, 

"t33 


S^ip 


-hy rr r t7 * 


-4- — - 


b- E7 — t- 


— P— 


-^-J 






y ^ y 




•f *-^ i 


y 


y 



-Jb^zJ ^-Zp Jh: ~^a 



£*=* 



tz^zat 



*$ 



y y y y H 
And gave to me a hap - py song. 
And gave to me a hap- py song. 

-1 — s r=? — ♦' 



■ m i* 



t, l> y 
Chorus 



I — ** 



-i 1 ^ — 



21= 



3 



r>-=1 fc 



■ ft— fi — h 






Ji h . 



Yes, Je - sus made blue skies, He changed them 

He made the blue skies, new 



.5] £_ 



II 



_-t-_t_-_4r ^-'F— T'| . i — i — r- 

-m — b* a = 1 1 1 J-^ 1 1 1 — 



y y y ^ 



r=F 



He Made the Blue Skies, New Skies 



r^ 



skies, 






=3- 



=1 



— -f » L U 



m 



** 



to new skies,Yon- der in the heav - ens 

-*- 1 -P- -j — -m~ 

k A A Mfc Hk- 

1 I 1 1 






y 

a - bove; 

blue skies a -bove; 

•4 -JP 



-ft* 



fe=^ 



ft j 

pi — *— * 

•F aa— at 



_ft _ft 



h h— 

-o — •<- 



S=p: 



:^=# 



:£=fc 



2=* 



He gave a new 



He gave me 



song, 



a new song, He gave me 
true 




song, 



a tme song, When He saved by won - der - ful love. 



K. y I, U J 



re-deem-ing love. 

ft * p * ft 






No. 89 



God of Mercy 



1% 



Copyright, 1950, by Stamps-Baxter Music & Printing Co. 
Rev. Alfred Barratt in "Better Songs" V. O. Fossett 



;§n 



-\ F-l- 









-r— I- 

ash 
=1 



1. God of mer- cy, God of love Look down on us from heav'n a -bove; 

2. Thouart ourguideso strong and sure.Cleanse us from sin and make us pure; 

3. J hou art our hope,ourstrength and stay, Our auardian thru the night and day; 

4. Thou art our com-fort - er to bless And cheer our hearts in lone - li - ness; 



St0§l!=^:|i|i 



I A— r-A A 






_y— I 




:^==|-4z5rRz=S:*-_H 



Thy matchless grace to ns im-part, And shed Thy joy in ev - 'ry heart. 
And let Thy guid-ine gold - en light-T.ead us inptthsof truth and right. 
When cares oppress bring us re-!ease-And let us share Thy per- feet peace. 
Thy presence makes our pathway bright-At eve-ning time it shall be light. 

' f- F *^ — :Ej= — fczjz: 



iiiiH^itei 



No. 90 Sweeter Heaven Will Be 

Copyright, 1950, by Stamps-Baxter Music & Printing Co. 
B.J. in "Better Songs" Bryant Johnson 



r\9—± — i — M -a - a - a— a M — i— a — a — ^-|-h 1 — i i — ^ —a— 

r — ^^-5— ^- c *i — * — »— *i— ^— 5— * — * — — c * — * — *_- « — >, — ^— 



1. If you'll look for some one you may win, you will find some neighbors bound by 

2. Sin-ners are on ev-'ry street and lane, and our du - ty to them is made 



-A--** 



- m - r <* — A — <*■ A i 



^p^fc-A— a- Pa- a— a— a— a — £— £ — i^ — y-F-S — a — a — a — a— a — 






sin. Tell them how the Sav-ior came to earth to make men free; 

plain, make free; 

■ — *— bi 5==t±S 



i=— 1=~ i — »— r— e 



CTcJ-e— ^-^— * 



J 



-P__ZP UT^ ,|y — JU 4* |-i 10_ M ^ a- 1 1 W A 

y w — an — i 1 1 1 — m —a,; 1 — ■> — Tj-rm—, ■»—: at~ w — — 1— 



Point them to the road of peace and love, lead-ing up -ward to the home a- 
Give the mes-sage of the soul's sweet rest and the home with all the good and 



" — A - A — A— btk — 



tap - fc E zit==r=r=?=t==^=^— g t 

*p — y — y Pa — a — a — a — a — a — a — i y-h* 

£. 1 1 J- l-AI A A A I — » A — A ^ »- |-^ A -I 

* =«• _i _ I =■ a* L_ — ft*. — -J 



-t" — W ^— n 



bove, Help them in the bless -ed Christ sal-va-tion full to see. 

blest, to set. 



a *^£ -2-_-^-_-2-_-2i_.J!_^_a. 



IEEE=6c±=*: b=S) — fci=tf 



m m 






Chorus i 



»— *- 



<*-T- 



JM. 



t*i 



S?d=~£ 



— i 



^II§ 



Sweet to me, when I set, 

Sweet-er heav-en'9 joy will be when, with oth-erhap-py souls, 






-& 



■— I st 



E-: 



rr^ 



Sweeter Heaven Will Be 



Some who heard from me the won » drous sto - ry of God's love; 

sav-ing love; 



R 



^r^p: 



l-A !*- 



:fc— L — L — U: 



tr-lr-T-r-ti— ^ 



zztz— y 



J> A P -g- u,.^. 



fo&-=fc '-- — — — "<g-^- g -^U - ■ . , ■ *-3 1 

y^y^RT S Tf — ^ C E'tj T-r-u J 



E7 b b b b t» u r ? &~^ ^ 

Praise will ring 

Hal - le - lu - jahs in my heart 



for my King, 

just a lit - tie clear-er for 



§fes: 



itk — Mfc — { -— - 



-£rt 



m 







As I greet the ones I tried to help reach beav'n a • bore. 



a-bove. 






-A ,* A , 



£ IV (V— I 1— J 



-' Nt 31 



No. 91 Jesus Is Gomin* 

Copyright, 1950, by Stamps-Baxter Music & Printing Co. 
A. G. M. in "Better Songs" Amos G. Mashburn 

— i- — P — P — P — ft — n — w — in- 1 — P — r — ', — ! =J— * rd^d-n 

a^~* — *s — 4fe! J — '-E f > J _*r =|-b^— a_ aferafciS=irfc5~*d 

•Al- 

1. Je - bus is com-ing from taeav-en a - bove, O-ver all things He will reign; 

2. Will you be read-y to meet Christ the Lord.When He shall make His re - turn? 

=yzzfcrr=?=?=pt^EJ 
y — y — y- 1 -— — —J 




2E=2=£zr^z:tr=ar£Q 
lr-£r-y-V-U U t~ 



♦ — v — — — -^ L *< — ♦» — ♦ -♦>-'-♦' — ♦ -ft— 1+^ '-♦ i - 1 -* iJ J 



Com-ing in glo - ry with pow -er and love, Je - sus is com-ing a - gain. 
do not Tin - ger and turn from His word, Trust Him, no more His love spurn. 






z jg--f y — y— y— t 7~ pT" 






No. 92 I'm a Ghild of the Heavenly King 

Copyright. 1950, by Stamps-Baxter Music & Printing Co. 
B. I. C. in "Better Songs" B. LCline 



1, 1 used to walk in the way of wrong, and my load was hard to bear, 

2. My Father is reign-ing by His love in the land be-yond the blue, 

3. I'm hap-py as I press on my way to that won-drous home a-bove, 







But I have turned from sin, I'm hum-bly trust-ing in the bless-ed Sav-ior's 
A land of per -feet bliss where all is right-eous-ness, fair heav-en's bright do- 
I have a pre-cious friend who'll keep me to the end, He's with me night and 






I; 




BE 



=t=s^t^t 



tsr 



A--&- 



_ |_ L«, ^_ 






y y u 



y~ 



£=ft=3 



=^3=5=^==§-^fe=i= 

^ -♦- -♦- -♦- ^ 



y y y 

name, great name;He ten-der - ly spoke sweet peace to me when He heard my 
main, do-main; A beau - ti - ful man-sion will be mine there, with all the 
day, each day; With Je- su3 my guide, I'll have no fear, I am trust-ing 



r-^ j* ?» h— mt Mt ^ *fc *- 

U0 0T IT * £ 



■ — ™ — «- s -«- L *— +—■* — o—m—B-m — - — m — +—m — m —- m -• 



fee-ble prayer, And now, I'm glad to say, I'm hap - py on the way, 
good and true, I'm hap-py as can be, since Je - sus set me free, I'm a 
in His love, Soon I'll be go-ing home, where I shall nev-er roam, 

-I — i 1 H 1 1 S— i 1* — ■ — m- ■ — ■—■-£•- 



— fct 1 H- K 1 ^ 



?— y 



y— y 



egEgEE' 



w 

D.S. — I'm glad the Sav-ior came, all glo - ry to His name, 
Fine Chorus 

ft 






child of the heav-en-ly King. I'm a 



pi -I— I— I— - I— 



• g-tt-tf-t l -t l - tr 



*=ir 



^ 



0-0-t?— -•-0-0- 
cbild of the King, 

I'm a child of the heav-en-ly King, 

-♦-♦-(♦- R R-*- -♦- ♦- h — 

:^^zgz0=^0=:0-y=^ 



I'm a Child of the Heavenly King 



Ju»- M f- ^ 



I'm a child of the King, I'm walk-ing in the light, He's 

I'm a child of the heav-en-ly King, 



l q E=j_ 



V 



fe^p 



Iff 






,; ( 1 1 1 1 






y U 5 S £ ? ^ k 



u If If 
with me day and night to cheer me on the way; Thru my Lord 

the way; Thru my Lord 

-.♦--♦--♦- 

— bfc-Mfe=-bfc — 



i? ^— P— fl — n fl— *- 



i 



JtefeM 



SE3= 



^ 



ft— <*-|fc 



• u u u u 



:b=y=&= 



mr 



:xr 



Mr 



— 3—5 — • — * — =- — ••- 



D.S. 



v V y u 

I'm an heir to a man - eion that's fair, 

I am tru - ly an heir to a man-sion e - ter - nal - ly fair, 

b b -♦- -♦- -♦- 



( & ffi$=%==$ ^-\r\r^ - 



t:=t=: 



-*=— hs fee- 



W=S=g=5i=£=£= 




No. 93 



Dreaming 



Copyright, 1945, by Stamps-Baxter Music & Ptg. Co. 
B. B. E. in "Living Grace" B. B. Edmiaston 




1. Dreaming, dreaming a - lent-ly, Dreaming in the twi - light's pur - pie glow; 

2. Drift-ing, drift - ing qui - et - ly, Drift-ing down the stream of mem - o - ry; 

3. Call-tog, call - ing ten - der-ly, Voic-es sweet-ly ech - o long years thru; 

Cr ) 4-k PI -I- 







[7 ^ " T* -*- "■• & _ "Sf 

Dreaming, dream-ing peace-ful - ly,Dreaming,dreaming of the long a • go. 
Drift - ing, drift -ing rest - ful - ly,Drift-ing in - to ports long closed to me. 
Call - ing, call - ingplead-ing - ly,Call - ing to the land where dreams come true. 



*£=*£=: 






£ 



Safe 

-Fir 



t=t 



m 



1 — * 



u U g : 



W? 



F^ 



No. 94 



What a Wonderful Place 



Copyright, 1950, by Stamps-Baxter Music & Printing Co. 
Luther G. Presley , in "Better Songs" C. H.Culbreth 

-♦- -♦- -♦- ^ -"•<- ■ -♦>- '♦- ♦- ^ -♦'- "» s 

1. John fore-told of a place called heaven, wondrous ci-ty foursquare, sweet story, 

2. Are you look-ingfor that bright ci-ty that is com-ingsome day, sweet story, 



» a r- «i mt m t | 

g * -j r. P-p f * P~~t==:r * b^zr^L^tr-gz jr ^ -^q 



V 'J \J 

Yes, he saw it to earth de-scend-ing,shin-ing with beau-ty rare, what glory; 
Look-ing for a new earth and heav-en, noth-ing there shall de-cay ?what glory; 




W=t=t= 



S_HL 



— * A A-i -▲ ==- =1 ^ -, 



tf tf U u u l» 






-♦- -♦- ^ -•>- ^ -♦- -^ -♦- -♦- -♦- Vr- 



Hav -ing walls that are built of jas-per, streets of pur -est of gold, He saw it, 
On the banks of the crys-tal riv-er where the wa-ters pure flow, He saw it, 

f>-JK =£ 



R R 



-^ 






rr b 



!. I. !, 



>— b»- 



JM: 






*— • h— c •— W- 0-* 



aJ —i Had as -as ad :d ' 



y y » 

Saints' bright ci - ty of love e-ter-nal, glo-ri-ousto be-hold, be-hold. 
Flow - ers bloom-ing that fade, no never, sweet-er to us will grow, will grow. 

^ ft i 

_jj tA — i* — bk a— A a *. — A — I r l 1 1 I — - 



# 



_f/_W- 



Chorua 



mm 



-fr-fr 



Kj j i -JU 



; S-g=S4g^ a t3Z37 ^: 



Heav-en, that sweet home a • bove, 

heav • en, heav-en, heav- en, np - yon-d«r, 



m 



-J--T 



v w 



I 






^M^l 




What a Wonderful Place 



*-F»— +- 






y y i 



1 



Wait-ing, for the [cbil-dren of love; 

wait - ing, wait-ing, wait • ing, of love; 




Crowns of will be to the saved by grace, 

glo - ry giv - en no dy - ing, 
n h ^ i pi 



f* ^ 



-i* — h — y- 

y y 3 



£«=#= 



^I^EIEEESE 



_y — y y_ 



I." — »__ Mj m—W — m— ■" 



— y U I 

Heav-en, what a won-der - fnl place. 

heav • en, heav-en, heav - en, hap-py place. 



At— Mfc- 



r*J> 



afc 



^-^ — y — ^ 



->»--f»- -] — -(♦- ->~ -♦- — -W- 



y 1 T— j — 



*=*=«: 



£=£ 



I 



No. 95 



Holding Nly Savior's Nand 

by Stamps 
in "Bet 



Copyright, 1950, by Stamps-Baxter Music & Printing Co. 
G.W. R. in "Better Songs" Geo. W. Rambo 






1. When this life's ended, an- gel- at-tend- ed I'll go to heav-en's land; 

2. Sing-ing His praise thruout endless days, Be hap- py in that lair land; 

3. Safe home at last, my troubles all past, I'll en-ter the ransomed throng; 

_ ->./-- 

-m- m - W -m- _ h^ - -•-it- -•- 
1 — i 1 ^-r--*— ♦ — ♦-M-fc— fc-rt— •+*— r— 






4= 



*=t=te=t: 



:5--t= 



y CM^=t 



Cho.-Serv-ing the Lord and trusting His word, While dwelling in this low land, 

p, D. C. for Chorus 

'-4- 1 PK Pi— n > . , - f , =p-fp^=^ - 




~3d — ad— ae— aJ-^-h^-^— g— ao— ^ hsi— 



He'll lead by love to heav-en a-bove,I'm hold-ing mySav-ior'shai d. 
Bells will be ring-ing, saints wiil be sing-ing, In one u - nit - ed band. 
Sor-rows all gone,whilea - ges roll on, I'll sing heav-en's vic-t'ry song. 

—A — I* A— A — A -A 'A — A — afc— h- ! 1 1 l-^s A 

r-fr-t— r ^ •—r -- t7-r -=F - &^=g-! i g=!* P- 

— e ■ ^ — ■ — * 1— r y r y— | — f— t^- 



?-?> 



I know He'll lead , and give all I need- I'm hold-ing my Savior's band. 



■r 



No. 96 



We'll Sfng a New Son& 



Copyright, 1950, by Stamps-Baxter Music & Printing Co. 
W. S. H. in "Better Songs" W.S. 



Hess 



-*- ^ -♦> h-^- -♦- -♦- 



^ r > h i J -4— 



"X 1 



=F 



1. I'm look-ing 

2. While trav - el 

3. So, let us 

W 



-I— - M . ~ |— - 
-♦- 

be - yond this life, where there's no toil nor strife, 

ing on life's road, He will help bear each load, 

keep press- ing on till our work here is done, 



igrT-- g= 



£ 



:£=t= 



a SL 



itt u iJ I i r t £ £ i i 



B53 






=t 






:st:' 



QtW "« t 



y y y y 

Therewith ray bless -ed Lord ev - er to stay, for- ev-er to stay; 
Giv - ing ns need - ed strength dai - ly each hour, yes, dai-ly each hour; 
Trust- ing His mer-cy and boun-ti-ful love, His boun-ti-ful love; 



Hfeg 






t=: 



-^ — »- 



■s— e 



-■— s— c— g- 



E£££?gpfr3^^^ Hz^pj^ fel 

No sor-row can come up there, glad-ness be-yond com-pare Reigns in that 
Un - til He shall call us home, where no more tri- als come, Keep-ing us 
Then, while the glad a - ges roll, hap - py each ran-somedsoul,We shall ex- 




K «*• K . 
I y y y y I 

land of song, o - ver the way, just o-ver the way. We'll sing a new 
safe from harm by His great pow'r, His won-der-ful pow'r. 
tol His great won -der - ful love, His mar-vel-ous love. 

i s h h h i 

£E — r — : L_ u— Eb -^ — r=> -F — *=E E 



bJ: 



-J t E E 



i^f-^ 



-«— 



song, u - nit • ed a - bove, 

We'll sing a new song, n 



nit - ed a - bove, 



m=*=£ 



— I 1 Uk- 



h 
i 1 



=SezEz=& 



*=e 



We'll Sing a New Song 

IN k is K" \" ^ I * IS K 

=f— 3t= ^fr ir-tnr-r * ^-y— ^-p-H 

The vic-to - ry song, ex - tol-ling God's love; 

The vic-to-ry song, His con-quer-ing love; 



-!•- -!♦- "♦" -♦- -♦- "♦- 4— - -t— HV- 4—^ -j— 5*- 
-A-Wk A— lA— 1= ■ r-l 1 



-T=-, 



. , r- Mk- Sflk — A — A A A — Eft — >j^ pi — — I 1 1 1 — — >— — | 



& 



SEE!: 






E u b u 



h ts r> r> _j_ 



^-r- 



^ 



-"•— =■»•—«*■ 



1 y y y u 



Glad prais-es will ring, where sin can not come, 

Glad prais-es will ring, where sin cannot come, 



4—3H- 



- -A — A- A— A 



- g— P- 9-P- 



:t-=l_^_: 



1— y— y — b— y^ P-J 



fc^== 



K= 



ft. 

■3— «i- . 



ip-HVfiJ -4^^ 



v-3P 



t^: 



y "' r u y y y I 

For-ev-er we'll live with Je-susat home. 



a 



S= 



For-ev-er we'll live 

=•— ^* — 



with Je-sus at home. 



„. ft ft ft i . ^ . I s ft ft ft I 

^— a 1 — i — I — i — | -,-. 

W^ - ■? - — ~?E=pjg-ijgzteiL - , — r JJ 



•y — y — h — i— 

No. 97 y Where Gould I Go? 

Copyright, 1940, by Stamps-Baxter Music & Ptg. Co. 
j. b. G. i Q "Golden Key" J.B. Coats 

4- 



fc— rV 



=fc 



ft ft ft 



3r** 



■%£. 



^ 



=1= 



^2=r 



=s=*t 



■idS—rh 



:H=k 



35- 



1. Liv-ing be-low in this old sin-ful world, Hardly a corn-fort can af - ford; 

2. Neighbors are kind.I love them ev'ry one, We get a - long in sweet ac-cord; 

3. Life here is grand with friends 1 love so dear,Comfort I get from God's own word; 

ntt-3 u — b; — t — hr-r 



*J \ y_y_ t 



t: 



£ 



-*. 



*■ — l^-K- 



t= 



UM* U..g 



t* 



^- JK. .JB. .«- .*- - gi 



CHO.-WhereconldIgo,Owhere could I go,Seek-ing a ref-ugefor my soul? 

D.C. for Chorus 



L».u. tor ononis 



s 



Striv-ing a -lone to face temp-ta-tions sore, 

But when my soul needs manna from a-bove, Where could I go but to the Lord? 

Yet when I face the chill-ing hand of death, 



JB. ^t- -fB- ^L.-p. 



£=fe 



■p-— k— ( 



=E=E 



£4E 



y y y ET 7 y ^^ 
Need-ing a friend to save me in the end.Wherecouldlgo but to the Lord? 



Ftr-pt 



eSePIS 



y-L^^ 



No. 98 We Shall Be so Happy While Singing 

Copyright, 1950, by Stamps-Baxter Music & Printing Co. 
J. E. Baxter, Jr. in "Better Songs" ShawEiland 

D 



h4 * — * — >** — ^ — * — *J * — *1— S— Mrf— _ — aj— a a.— 

r —IX „ *r, Lm fg jb m gg 



1. Here we have onr tri - al9 and cross-es, oft the day seems long and drear, 

2. Let us la - bor for the dear Ma9 ter while we have the sun-shine bright, 

3. In His name the load we should car - ry till He says it is e -nough, 

-m- _ -m- _ -*=- _JK.-fcc.____ _ -~- -(2. 



;%gE=g==g 






HMMMMt 



it_y L- a — — _ n — — — a sz_ 



Strength we need for bear-ing onr loss-es, faith to drive a - way our fear; 
Nev - er shirk but work-ing still fas-ter, soon will come the dis-mal night; 
If we go or if we should tar- ry, all the road be steep and rough; 






£_- 



lOIl 



3=£ 



:t=t=: 






:t__.t=z= &i. 
-f*-« — t- 



£ — +1 A A dy afc A 4k A ^-|-_ — A A! A: — A — ^~ =* 



So our prayers should up-ward be wing-ing as we face the bus - y throng, 
How our clar-ion bell should be ring- ing, bold - ly face the foe, be strong, 
Let us to the prom- ise keep cling-ing, we shall see His face ere long, 

55S-K — h- — h h u u h- — h m — ■ — • — ■ — ■—■—i—— I -1 



*j *fcj jj A l *fc — ty ^ fc — A |gj ggj- ^- At — Ai — Al — A O g Za - •£ 



We shall be so hap - py while sing-ing o - ver in the land of song. 






-t? — tr 



1 



I 



t 



Chorus 



-« 1 -♦! « -a ^ — £- 



•-» I— ' 
- ver in the land of song, 
We shall be so hap - py while sing-ing glo-ry land of song, 



^= 



fef 



■9— P— £— P— y— *— * - 1 



We Shall Be so Happy While Sin£in£ 

=- — -^ F?^ 1 ?^ ^ jW = | 



Now that we to Him be-long; 
To the Lord our trib-utesbe bring-ing un-to Je - sus we be -long; 



it 



-(- y_^ _ g_V_ 



-j . L_ 






y u p f* b "IT - * *" 






Shielded from the stains of wrong, 
To His hand how sweet to be cling-ing, sin and wrong, 

£=£_! is r=z 



**— f 



V=#=#=#=&=£=± 



I 



- ♦ — i hj — W — u — h — ♦— i- 

— y=s— *— B ■« i, g 

r -♦(—♦( 1— « 1 1 ♦: M--W I— ♦ 1— «— ^-^-r^=^c^ 

t_ A — ^i— ^— -mi— +i--M, — m — *w— m -*t—m—>m — a. — **— S — a *i 

We shall be so hap-py while sing-ing o - ver in the land of song. 

glo - ry land of song. 



No. 99 

Samuel Francis Smith 



America 



Henry Carey 



I 



£ 



*§ 






-J — =* 



l.My 

2. My 

3. Let 

4. Our 






q: 






country 'tis of thee, Sweet land of lib - er - ty, Of thee I sing; Land where my 
na-tive country thee. Land of the no -ble free, Thy namellove; I lovethy 
mu-sic swell the breeze. And ring from all the trees Sweet freedom's song;Let mor-tal 
fathers' God to Thee, Author of lib - er - ty,To Thee we sing; Long may onr 



*£*£ 





iJ=3^: 



q — U_l g , i | n_. 



J fT 



"*-*r 



t S— " 



fa-thers died, Land of the pilgrims' pride.From ev'ry mountain side, Let freedom ring, 
rocks and rills, Thy woods and templed bills , My heart with rapture thrills, Like that a-bove. 
tongues awake, Let all that breathe partake.Let rocks their silence break, Let sound prolong, 
land benright With freedom's ho-ly light, Protect us by Thy might, Great God.our King. 

♦'•» -fvr»- -f--P--f-'-f>~f~r~ jBJ5 ~f*~£r £r. g~: "r" » 



fc -Mi-L Kit— r | ^^ gg rteE ^ t=PRSqi 



No. 100 The Lord Is Galling 

Copyright, 1950, by Stamps-Baxter Music & Printing Co. 
J. R. V. in "Better Songs" J. R, Varner 

/-iJi^ftftftft^ 

3) -4 — '- --** — S — * — * — ** — H — a — n-«— f — *< — -P— a- — -3---1 

^ _r±_^_u . — 5 C^_ H« ■ — » =j — jfy^ 

1. The Lord is call - ing you to go in - to the har - vest field, 

2. When we be -come a child of God, there's work for us to do, 

3. Go ye in faith and tell the sto - ry, how the Sav - ior came, 

k> y y * 









tefr 



▲ Fa » ^ 






-3- - - y y 

To gath-er in the gold - en grain and save the 
It mat-ters not how hard the task, His grace will 
So man- y souls are out in - dark-ness, lost in 

-h*. .«. -^. j^. i> jfL. tt^ ^- 
- — I hi ^ !♦ 1 <$* J h* •>*— I — r-, Hr — 




pre-cious yield; 

take us through; 

sin and shame; 

.^. -it- -|*-. 

— b> s*— F"| 



A H= f- — * M— a- 1— -I 



The fields are white, the reap - ers few, He needs your help to - day, 

A - wake, a - wake! lift up your eyes and look up - on the field, 

The call is ring - ing ev - 'ry - where, no time to hes - i - tate, 

-F- 







:=Hfe 



lis - ten 
Trust in the 
Then haste ye 



to 
cy 

to 







His plead -ing voice, and now 
cle, shin - ing bright, and gath 
the har -vest field, be - fore 



-B-- 



-W-- 



:t7_t£_k: 



His call - bey. 

• er in the yield, 

it is too late. 



-t=t= 



— 1 — —1 — ->— — 4 

— y — bi — hfc—J 



Chorus 




The Lord is call 
bear the call, 

En-ter quick-ly 

- BJ'JJ'i J 1 -* 



U ^ !^— I 



ing 
He's call ing 
to the bar-vest, 



you to - day, 

you to - day, 

call-ins; you to - day, 






The Lord is call 



ing you 



to-day, 



m 



The Lord Is Galling 



T X y y ^ y y •* y P u y 

In - to the gold en har-vest field: 



s#- 



Fzzlzzzzzzzzzfc 



In - to the gold - en 

D~ y" 
h ft 



■ > * * . y 



J 



-i— M- : 



the har-vest field; 

y — ■ 



-m — i R 

-I y hr 

-y = y- 



h- 



:zt: 



-triFy- 



13 



He need8yoar help, your ser-vice true, 

do not fail to give Him ser-vice true, 

He is need-ing loy - al work-ers, giv-ing ser-vice true, 

AjAj*^ -^. n A A * A 



itSE 



-i — i — i — 



*r J 1 






£=»=£ 



1 



He 



-4W 



needs your help, 
- r -N- J ft- 



your ser-vice true, 



^r=j-=t== 



y y 






^ 



To gath - er in 



s#- 



-=J- 



To gath-er in 



y y ff y b y U 

the gold - en grain. 



the beau-ti - ful grain. 

V 



■*■•- -J ■♦> a;_H J n- 3 ^ ^i 



ISo. 101 

Samuel S'cennett 



*~W 



is 



Art. R. M. Mcintosh 



The Promised Land 

L3zaz^ifca=aatxat3Eg — l^r;»zzlg^^z^re-w^KizzA — se: 



1. Ou Jor-dan's storm-y banks I stand, And cast a wish - ful eye 

2. All o'er those wide ex- tend-ed plains Shines one e - ter - nal day; 

3. When shall I reach that hap-py place, And be for - ev - er blest? 




DcC— I am bound for the promised land, 



tr-tr 

I am bound for the promised land; 
D.C. 




w y . -&' 



To Ca - naan's fair and hap - py land, Where my pos - ses - sions Be. 

There God, the Son, for - ev - er reigns, And scat - ters night a - way. 

When shall I see my Father's face, And_ in His_ bos - om rest? 

J3-1-1- 



1— 1 -fcr- 



s .1 j 






i 



m 



&& 



f* 



who will come and go with me? I am bound for the promised land. 



No. 102 I Mean to Go There 

Copyright, 1950, by Stamps-Baxter Music & Printing Co. 
H. L. T. in "Better Songs" Henry L. Thompson 



s»-s 



-r* I - m-fr^ — *- L d — 3 — ^ — « > — « — « — 5 — « — 5 - c -3 — *■ — 

♦- M- - -♦- -♦- ^ -♦*■ jw- -♦- -♦- -•>• ^ -♦- 

1, I've heard of a home in heaven a - bove, a ci - ty of peace and 

2. I'm fol- low-ing Christ, and trusting His grace to lead me on to that 



U U U V 



t 



p v V 



ft- 






ElPf 



£ 5" S" f F~ 

won-der-ful love, I'm go-ing up there some won-der - ful 

won-der-ful place, I'm go-ing up there 

.. ". .h . . > : 

Frrr 



fe=fcjE 



i2^ki^tfc=U 



_a — «- 



£=f=f 




s*^=te^ 



3-bd: 



Us: 



ncr 



y 



-— — 5— «* — — — m 



«t 



y y 

day; The ransomed shall dwell for - ev - er, I'm told, in 

some won-der - ful day; And when I get home for - ev - er, I'll be u- 

jgZZ F— F— b>— fc 



A — A— I A — A — A — A A— - 






=^N 



■H- 



bliss that's di-vine, they'll nev-er grow old,I mean to go there, 



ff-fr 1 ^ 



nit - ed with friends, all happy and free, 

7 ST* h r i* I* 



1 mean to go there, 



I mk — «t — ac , = — Mt. 



fctw 




-y— W: = 



lEMd 



ir irFU F f 



Fine Choeus 



for-ev-er to stay. 

for-ev • er to stay. That bean-ti-ful home so won-drous-ly 

*' & ftfijVfl 




I Mean to Go There 




-*— fc 



3s)_: 



fair, my Sav-ior for me has gone to pre-pare, 



'Tis wait-ing for 



g£e£=3t=£=Q=S= 



m 



->- 



-^-Qm— I*- 






b t* u 

me just o-vertheway; 

'TiswaitiDgfor me just o-ver the way; For-ev-er I'll 

ft ft 



— ■— ■— I m — i— 

i— U— y— L): — i fcsr 



-»_fe- 



y — i* — iv - i»— m 
s. i i_i — ^_i i 



tr-m? 



t=xm 



£=tt=S=£ 



r*-*-*- 



& 



D.S. 



m*^^=EE 



-m — m — m — »- 



m 



be with Je - sus, my King, while a - ges roll on His prais - es I'll sing, 



No. 103 



More Like Thee 



Copyright, 1947, by Stamps-Baxter Music & Ptgr. Co. 
W. M. DeV. in "Highest Praise" W. M. DeVaushan 

•'8: , 







— |-- jfa =j=z-|- 

1. Bless -ed Je- sus hold my hand, Lead me on to glo-ry land; Guide my feet 

2. Keep me bum-ble, free from guile. Giveto me a sun -ny smile; Help me to 

3. Loj?d, whenl am thru down here, Je-sus Mas- ter, be so near; Waft my trem- 



-iz-r— £2— !*- 



4 i i rytfj 



: ^-*-f c - 



*S££p 






S=F 



D.S.— More and more each day like TheejKind and lov- 
Fine Choeus -D.S. 

rczjizzi: 



I a-L^j—^, — grfj- i . & ■ m ^-gg— g, i ^ - ^••■^ ^a At — a— g , >Si ^i — ^u 

| | -z?"^;25»t jp» 

lest I should stray From the nar-row way. 

be brave and true All my jour-ney thru. Lord, I want so much to be 

blingspir-it home, Nev-er more to roam. 



tag, pure and sweet, At your bless-ed feet. 



No. 104 Jerusalem Fair 

Copyright, 1950, by Stamps-Baxter Music & Printing Co. 
J. F. T. ' in "Better Songs" Jno. F.Taylor 

— I - i — * N— N hi 1 N N — I — i- 







1. John saw the ho - ly ci - ty, the New Je - rus-'lem.Com-ing down from 

2. The hun-dred miles of walls which were built of jasper, Streets that are trans- 

3. He saw the tree of life with its crys-tal wa - ters, Flow-ing from the 




J? Jj, J , ►■ !— f r p j _J _ j_ J- 1— fS f 8 fj__P_.j_^ r 



God out of heav'n a - bove; Pre-pared a bride a - domed who a- 
par - ent and paved with gold; On twelve foun - da-tions built that out- 
throne thru that won - drous land; lie saw the tree of life that is 
j 



HP 



r—r-Fr—rr^F—F-tz—k 



$*? 



r-f- 



f-ff- 




-ii . i- - pi i — -1- — - n T n ~? — =n 



waits her hus-band, Home of all re-deemed pu - ri - fied by love, 
shines the rain -bow, Pearl - y gates swing wide so the proph-et told, 
ev - er - last - ing, Light - ed by God's glo - ry, 'twill ev - er stand. 

IN 



* A- — A- i-aft. * A- — 4k A A— tr*.— r A ,_. 1 



Chorus 




-£— & 



— - — ^-t- s-^j 



T~" ET XT r T" 

Je • ru - sa • lem fair, I long to be there, 

Je - ru - sa - lem fair, I 



i y y » T 



*=i= 







The streets, so we are told, are paved with pur-est gold, No 
long to be there, 






t^ 



P^ 



Jerusalem Fair 




I y y 
mor-tal e'er has trod; The tree of life grows, 

has trod; The tree of life grows, 



K 



F=F=F=F 



5E£:- 



:*=£ 



t 



S 



riMMM" 




3^ 



^i 



^z=^=^— *= 



tf-P 1 ; 



at 



*-r 



^ 






3£=3=it 



y 1/ y i 

The stream of life flows Out from the Fa - 

The stream of life flows 



ther's 




throne, for all the Savior's own Blest ci - ty of our 



i i 
God. 
our 



God. 




Your Savior Dear Is Near 



No. 105 

Copyright, 1950, by Stamps-Baxter Music & Printing Co. 
Bev. Alfred Barratt in "Better Songs" V. O. Fossett 

ft IS 



t±_ -l — m \~y-m — m — — — S- L «~« — -m — »- L » — • — w—^- t -^- J 

-♦ ■♦- -♦ ^ -♦--♦- 



1. When gioom-y shad-ows dim your way 

2. When faith and hope and courage fails 

3. When you are weak and sore - ly tried 

4. Re - mem - ber you are not a - lone 



And when your path is lone and drear; 
And there is none to help and cheer; 
With none to check the fall - ing tear; 
A.nd there is naught for you to bear; 
ft 




ii/ m — « — «- L « — « — *— — — L ™— — ™ — - ^ '-m— +— <m — •- L * iJJ 



In dark-est night or bright-est 
Trust in the Lord ye shall pre 
He is your help - er, friend and 
He loves and car-eth for His 
- .1 



Tour Sav-ior dear is al - ways near. 

Your Sav-ior dear is al - ways near. 

Your Sav-ior dear is al - ways near, 

own, Your Sav-ior dear is al - ways near. 



day, 
■vail, 



No. 106 Move Along 

Copyright, 1950, by Stamps-Baxter Music & Printing Co. 
J. M. Henson in "Better Songs" J. A. Collier 



-^li.jt— i -L__it — — LAI ^ — 



fT- If' 

1. There is much to do in this broad land, Much to do for will-ing heart and 

2. He will give ns grace for ev- 'ry need As for help from Him each day we 

3. Let us work with pa-tienceas we go, All our love and faith for Him to 

JUfirrr* : ■...:• .-.-=* .--. 

jg-| — ==g=i — r- 




hand, As for Christ our Lord we take our stand Giv-ing out His praise in song; 
plead, For He is a faith- ful friend in-deed, And will keep us true and strong; 
show, As His bless-ings true He doth be-sto w, Till the shad-ows all are gone; 







So, a -way we go to work and win, As we try to free the world from 
Letns all work on with might and main, That the crown of life we all may 
Growing strong in Him from day to day, As we work a- long the shin- ing 

ft - .- J 



-A 



'4- 



*=*= 



iz 



I 



- fr £ — &f-gT 



±=t 



EEg 



I* -i 



H^: 



?S§£e 



-VT. 

~«| g.. g -fat-- y-a l a Fa r— 3 ^' aI a' ■ ^ 



FlNB 



1=3 



^3 

. -•- -#- -<5- 

sin, Bring-ingman - y lost and err-mg in, In His ser-vicemove a- long, 
gain, For we know our souls He will sus-tain, In the work still move a- long, 
way, Knowing full re- ward He'll sure- ly pay, In His ser- vice move a- long, 

r* R 

-m-. -»r -•- •*- -m- w ^ -»-•-»- '' ^ 

lis ser-vice move a- long. 



*= 



D.S.— Take the mes-sage grand o'er all the land, 
Chorus 




11^=11 



-?J- 



1 



=*^-J 



w -J 1 - — -tf 




With a 
ter move a- long, Give the 



Move Along 



■XZL 



u 



r w- r -r 7 ij- 7 /it r 

song, 

world a mes-sage in a ring - ing song, 



iSdz^d^ 



Help to cheer the sad and 

-h ^T-» Us h — 




make them glad, In His love keep ev - er 6trong; Spread the light 

Give the light to those who 



mmES^^m^mm 




\ w r t> fly 9 y 

True and bright, 
grope in deep de - spair, Go and help to cheer them with a song and pray 'r, 




:i=S=X= 



■* — fr— 



m 



No. 107 What Gould I Do Without Jesus? 

Copyright, 1942, by Stamps-Baxter Music & Printing Co. 
J. K. B., Jr. in "Blessed Hope" J. R. Baxter, Jr. 

ntt+f ^ to ft ft S *. I 



To 1 1 ! ^ * 



1. What could I 

2. What could I 

3. What could I 



ifa^ 



$& 



C-U l> I* t> 



do with - out Je - sus Hordes of sin oft mo-lest? 
do with -out Je - bus? I am so weak and small, 
do with -out Je - sus? Who would pro-tect my soul? 
A A - -w-' •*-• -m- -m- -m- -m- ^c\». 



r^ 



f^r- 



lA 






Where could I go to find ref~uge?Where would my soul find rest? 
Who would be my el - der broth-er, Ran-som me from the fan? 
Who would guide me to thenar-bor When the rough bil- lows roll? 






Ttr— fl-fr — fr=tr=fr 



pt_*. 



-r*-*—^— in —I P-— i 




No. 108 



Praise Him, Praise him 



Copyright, 1950, by Stamps-Baxter Music & Printing Co. 
J. B. Baxter, Jr. in "Better Songs" W. Lee Higgles 



1 . Let as keep tell - ing the sto - ry How the d3ar Sav - ior came 

2. Let us keep joy - ful - ly sing - ing Praise to the Lamb once slain, 



MEj 









ICLZ*. 



- u n- rr It 



j— -F t 







Down from His heav - en - ly glo - ry, Snf - fered and bore our blame; 
While un - to Him we are bring - ing, Sheaves of most pre - ciou9 grain; 



0— 0- *-^0 *- 






rinriririr^ 



s-s — I m — m — I 



:t 



!zb=^t 






Gave to U9 free - ly sal - va - tion, Cleans-ing the stains of sin, 
Glo - ry is wait - ing up yon - der On that e - ter - nal shore, 



trr— br- \j — &- — ijr- tI =F — I — V— 1» — U I U -e=» 







•=5= 



m 



Say -ing to each tribe and na - tion, Come, I will take you in. 
There will our hearts grow still fon - der Prais - ing Him ev - er - more. 



£ 



f#^P 



Chorus 




&S 



2T 



-d-T" 



f r t 



u u v L> 



re 






Praise Him, praise Him, Wor-thy of praise is He, 

Praise Him, praise Him, praise Him, praise Him, 



-^v-*r* 



'EG HP — He F Frfr 5 5 -^-^ 



=t 



* 



Praise Mini, Praise him 



-J- 



-=i — K- 



t- 



3* 



J^4- 



rr 



iH^HS 



m 



Praise Him, praise Him, Rul-er of land and sea; 

Praise Him, praise Him, praise Him, praise Him, 

J*- -PK. _, _ -A — A- -A — A- -A- _ -A- _ .-T*,^ . 



:t=-tr=3: 



1 — - ■ ii n r ' l - 



-y — y — t*- 



y y 



zat 



•^-s- 



L* — ■♦- — ♦ — ♦ US^t3J 



\j y " ' u w U U 1 TJ" 17 

Praise Him, praise Him, Glo-ri-fy His great name, 

Praise Him, Praise Him, praise Him, praise Him, 

-f* — i fc-r*»— -' 




=^F 



fe^U^ E 



3?H 



gt 



*3 



=t 



:d- 



In all our sing - ing np- raise 



=»E| 



Him, Spreading a 

p-r-^ ,:-g^=g 

'-' i ' — P il — y — y 



far His fame. 




No. 109 My Prayer 

Copyright, 1950, by Stamps-Baxter Music & Printing Co. 
James L. Palmer in "Better Songs" Lester L. Dooley 




jte=* 



1. Lead me, Lord, day af - ter day, Help me to walkhnm-bly, I pray; 
2.1 am so weak when foes as- sail, Tempted by sin, help me pre- vail; 
3. Give me Thy lieht, help me to see, Give me Thy love, that I may be 

-»- -m- -m~ -o-. ^ ,. . -m~ . -m- -+- -m- ■&- 



gJP=tE 



:t=: 



P=E=f* 



I — r— r 







:«: 



I J ' I 



3g!— zdT- hal 3* 






m 



Guide Thou my feet, as on I plod, Speak to my soul-help me, God. 
Speak to my heart, show me the way, I need Thy hand-help me, I pray. 
Faith- ful and true, vie- tor o'er sin; This is my prayer, dear Lord. A-men. 



H 



— * — I* — W- 



^ 



t=t= 



t=£ 



-!-♦ — ^ ♦— I "* r-i 






i 



No. 110 Let Me Glasp Your Hand and Go 

Copyright, 1950, by Stamps-Baxter Music & Printing Co. 
Rev. O. C. Davis in "Better Songs" J. B. Baxter, Jr. 







-X a| _J — 



<*Y-*—d—d- 






1. As I meet yon here so oft • en In this world of sin and strife, 

2. Plan to meet me o - ver yon- der Where I'll have more time to spare, 

3. Someday when we're not so bus - y And the call is not so great, 



»SE£ 



1 1 Zz±£t. 



£±£ 



■J u> 



-r 






1 — r 



-kfe 1 H- 

-\ y— ■*- 




^=t- 






m 



T=U 



2 — m — ■ — 2 — ■— 



I would like a - gain to 
Far re-moved from life so 
I would love a - gain to 



meet you Where we'll have e - ter-nal life, 
bus - y, In a man-sion o - ver there; 
meet you Where we'll have more time to wait; 




how sweet to lin - ger 

1 would be so glad to 
For I want to hear your 



long -er And each oth - er trn - ly know, 
greet you Where the crys - tal wa - ters flow, 
sto - ry, How the Lord has blest yon so, 
f*> 




We are bus - y for the Mas - ter, 

Till the dawn of that great morn-ing, Let me clasp your hand and go* 

Till I meet you o - ver yon - der, 







Chobus 




* 



3SS 



tefc 



5 — *"|I3r^ 



Let me clasp your hand and leave yon, 

Let me clasp your hand and leave you, I would 

ft pi i r> h r» h r> .. 

a) aI aI s» ,r a! *J Al a)__aL_* 



£ 



U l> '{fl ^ 



~ V b U 



Let Me Glasp Your Hand and Go 







*- — «t- 



I would Btay as you well know, But the call _ 

stay, as you well know, But the call is now so 

-k — w — • 



*? 



-k— ♦- 



-*— y- 



=»*i— — y — fj — i — R -JF~- h — y- 



I£7_- 



u ^ 






# 



t^s=; 



is now so ur- gent, Let me clasp your hand and go; 

ur-gent, Let me clasp your hand and go; 



-" — *-£♦ 



s-trir^ 



■i^feg 



-tr-y 



9— £ £ — *, — m — m 



A-4^- 



■*—w—*- 



: — * rza*_ jjj — ■ — i : 



^ 



Man - y friends are sick and dy - ing, 

Man - y friends are sick and dy - ing, Oth - ers 

12 A 



-y~ 



-A — I W A- 



- -h » U 



ft ft ft ft ft 

JB] a!__a! AJ A) a ! : 



-l—^ 



-A — A — I*— 



>J \J 



J U 






=fcta= 



#*=*=* 



Oth-ers pressed with sin and woe, So I must 

pressed with sin and woe, So I must not lin 



-ger 



, * JV-J- 



J J 



-m— *- 



y fr U 






-y- 






# 



— u — I 



y | 




i£^= 



«t 



*^JP 






not lin-ger long-er, Let me clasp your hand and 

long - er, Let me clasp your hand and go. 

_jS ft _ft ft ft s N i 



go. 



fei 



-W — y 1 — P— c 



TT^= 



4-J- 



IT" u 



& 



No. 111 Happy Home Land of the Soul 

Copyright, 1950, by Stamps-Baxter Music & Printing Co. 
B. B. Edmiaston & T. J. F. in "Better Songs" Thos. J. Farris 






1. There's a hap - py homeland up 

2. Here we meet with suf - fer - ing 



in glo- ry, 
and sor-row, 



And a love-Iy 
And some heav-y 




y U V 

man-sion built for me, for me, I am go - ing there to sing love's 
cross- es we must bear, must bear, But our sor-row will be turned to 
■fc=- -»»=- -fc=- ft ft i 



0=£=Jfe=& 



n 



=-£-tj* 



-m—m — w — m — m— M— m-'m — m- 



— 3 cp_^,_^,__^^f_pp 



sto - ry 

glad-ness 



KS 



Thru the a - ges with the glad and free, the free; 
When we're called to en - ter o - ver there, tfp there; 

= — = — = — A — » — = — <*-£+ — ^ — *U 



iifczfi 



tJ— ir 



¥ 



U P b J P 






s 



^^zfc*=*=fc3E 






There we'll nev - er know a dis - ap-point-ment, 
We shall meet with our de - part - ed loved ones, 

,A A A * A A A A-rA- 

»^P Uk -At t*. Uk *. Wk 1* A- 



Joy - ful prais- es 
When the Christ in 



4=V=ti: 



* 



-1 






jt=ft-i 



"y y I 

will for- ev - er roll, will roll; Trust -ing Je ■ sus, I shall join the 
pow - er takes con - trol,con-trol. No more dy - ing, no more sin nor 






D.S. — Peace su-preme in - to my heart comes 



Fine 



happy Home Land of the Soul 

g? [p -, L^ ^ -, ^ *, m ^ *-*>*— ^— jgr-- 1 



nnm - ber 
Bad - ness, 



In the hap - py home land of the soul. 

the soul. 



K 



steal - ing, 
Chorus 

ft 



■m- -m- -m- -m- ^ „ R . ft i^ l 



35^ 



fcs 



Fore-taste of the home land bright a - bove, a - bove. 
ft ft ft 



* 



Leave this world be.- hind me, Meet 

Soon I'll leave this sin-ful world be -hind me, Go to meet my 



•i +_j: 



§^=^^i=£B|=£ 



ft ft ft 






^ — =t — F" — 



fc* 



"TW~«I — * — ^P - -' 



E5 



=»=«- 






my Lord and King, Cords of love now bind me, 

blessed Lord and King, Cords of love to that fair country bind me, 

ft ft ft i ft ft 

_AL_A'. At ,.AJ a a 1 ■ i 



* * r> p 



rfrTtt* 



:^3 



F : 



i 









tat 



Glad praise I would bring; Joy 

Gladsome praise to Je - sus I would bring; I can hear the 



N ft _— * 



^^EI^^^Et^^ 



£^#fe 



;^S 



JU> 



ri=«£*=* 



M-_*_M_± at 



£ 



mu?i 



— *— ♦ — ♦ — ii 



bells now are peal -ing, On the hills of love » 

glo-ry bells now peal - mg, On the ev- er-last-ing hills of love, 



ggg^^E^ feg ^fegi^ ^^^i 



No. 112 Ai! the Way Home 

Copyright, 1950, by Stamps-Baxter Music & Printing Co. 
J. B. Baxter, Jr. in "Better Songs" V. O. Fossett 




nr p*-*- 



f^gumi 



y y r 

1. 1 have Je - su9 to guide me while cross-ing o'er the dark foam, 
2. I'll be fear-ing no dan-ger mys-tic foam, 

u — • ft ft 

■m— »— a* — » — » — P rttsr- 



^£*=y— y— tj— 0— y— rr— r 






H- 1 1 A A. — I 



u b 



|g^ ^ fl ^%ii 



* 



g 



3 ~*~j 



M=i 



y y i 

He is ev - er be - side me to lead me all the way home. 

He to me is no stran-ger safe-ly home. 

-a- -A -A -A. _ A- -A- -A -*- -A- Tl P J^ I 

?bfcE^A7 A A A A h; 1 H— ^ y I 1 A- A-J 



y* 



Chorus 






jLTL_n h N h 

-"3— At Al Ai— = P — • -P- 



All 



All way 



home - ward 



3- J J r 



f 



%&=* 



— Uk 



He gen-tly will lead me 
the way home-ward Je - sua will lead me 



:t: 



y — y- 



:£= 



-=i-A — A — A — =1— A. — i* — A- 

— I 1 1 1 1 — I 



-y — y — y- 



-y — y — y- 



£* 



n —fr- +* 



HS^^s 



: — * 



H£3 



"»- 



(Oj ? ft z z $ t>- — zf~ 

To that ci • ty of beau-ty in heav-en, 

Safe to that ci • ty built by His love, 



3=t=fc= 



b ■ fcg — ««• 



XL 



"53- ' 

-=1-A— 



A — A — q A — 'A — a — 



-y — y — y- 



y y 






-ff- Ok: -T- > 



PfffT 



I'll hold His hand here thru this dark land here, 

I shall cling to His hand thru this troublesome land, 



r,\. I • 1 i I | 1-" 1 — >— 

g j^-r ^-pzzzzz=mL z^X-tz- Hl ■'■' E= 



=t=t 



-3 — =l-h— 



\J u \J 



fHH? 



All the Way Home 



1m m 1 — • ^- L » — a — 3 — zi — •-eh" — * - 1 

hat waits the true in beav - en; 
k A is ft ft ■ ft _ft 

■P J J -^ ft w - 



Beach that home a - bove that waits the true in heav - en; 

Till I reach that 



^53 



Egg£ 



-*- 



ft r» 



ft ft 



nr 



-H 



■ft ft ft 



J ,__l B 



—^ — » — an - 



IT3feZJt3t- 



:=bg: 



-ad— ad- 

On His man - na He dai - ly will feed me, 

On His sweet man-na dai - ly He'll feed me, 



£53 



-»— ^— » 



i *L 



_S_3E8H£ 



*=E 



:& 



r&- 



w 



1 




£=£: 



=|: 



-_~M 



£- -*= 



I'm so hap - py while prais - es 

I am so hap - py sing - ing to - day, 



"-£♦ — ♦ — ♦- 



>0.^ ft a a— « a — ri 1 — —i— 



3= 






i ff i n M v.ftE^^ 






■t- 




I'm sing-ing, Soon see. His face there in that 

Soon I'll see His dear face in that won-der-ful 

ft ft ft 

_AL _AL J*L -um. 



tr- 



-P 



nr 



1 b u 



5E=t 



ft ft, ft I s 





( l-i V** =■*; — I— |-i 


/L^ ft— = M K h — ! ' — m M '— 


-4 - --* ^44 


(9F* — *— *Htaj- -5 *- 


%*■■**-* m tfw i° "H 


glad place for He'll lead 
place He will lead me 
ft ft ft 

r^-ft-k— J Ti ! — !♦- 


n l -a .r r* r 

^ y y u ' 
all the way. 

yes, all the way. 

■» i — r^ ~ H 


' y y y y 


_ It igzh--> — : — T" ii 

i 



No. 113 When I Reach My Home in Glory 

Copyright, 1950, by Stamps-Baxter Music & Printing Co. 
Clyde Williams in "Better Songs" G. T. Speer 




T * w u 




1. I bare got a hap - py feel - ing steal - tag o'er me day by day, 

2. When I reach my home in glo - ry, I shall see my Savior's face, 




r- 



I*" "»r T H»- -»- -M- HB- -■- 



V 



hal - le - In- jab, 'Tis a grand and glo-r'ons feel - ing, makes me sing a- 
o - ver yon-der, And I'll sing the grand old sto • ry, how He free-ly 




zk 



rf^JrJ: 



fcW=^ 



■r» M 



* 



U — j-J— J a fe a =aa 



long the way, on the jour-ney; Love of Je-sus is my sto - ry, 
took my place, up on Cal-v'ry; I shall live through-out the a -gee, 



-** — ft 



5" — £ — !» : 






:I— S g z=^zz U_U , B e 



e=fe 



Ut=fct=lt= lsi=U=U 



£3 









S J i E 



=rf= 



" 1 1 1 — I TT— 1 — -I- 



He will be my faith-ful guide, praise the Sav-ior, When I reach my home in 
nev-er more to weep or sigh, no more sigh-ing, With the hap -py saints and 



_*— ■ H 1 H 1 -I -t—- «*> ^ 



# 



£ES 



fe-bfeM=fe5 



Chorus 




rrrtr-T" » 



glo - ry He will be there by my side, my side.When I 

■ag - es in the land where none shall die, e'er die. When I reach ray home In 

-A- ^ IS | -A- -A- 

ZJimM 1 I— j — a. Q 3 ( 1 i__r=__i — iv _ . 

p p p P y u 



:xil^ 



When I ReaGh My Home in Glory 



9 fr 4 -6 -fe- 


-J N — h 


"> 


"IT 


K 


=ft -.-3 




_H * _ 

o — 


-^ =1— 


— H r 


-^- 


-^-3^ 


get up to 
glo - ry, 


glo-ry, I'll 

I will shout 

*£ =t ^ 


praise 
His praise in 


1^ 

Him 

soug, 

ft. 


in song, 


fr); I? is fcc— he- 


-U— t- 




— u 


A 


^ != - 


^S?-HH*- 


-5 — bJ — 


L) 


w 

r 


-U- 


-tr— 1= : 






And I shall tell the sto-ry, how He 

And I'll tell the grand old sto - ry, how He saved me from all 



Hj2-±r. 



±zTt 



t=t 



:tz: 



-b-b- 



i=: 



g— £ — fr 



m 



-« — » 1 — » — « — — — •-- 



?3=£3Fi 



A PP- 



• — ■ jrM 

saved from wrong; I've made my prep - a - ra - tion, 

wrong; I have made my prep - a - ra - tion 



fe 



ztz* 



±2: 



f=£ 



■a — k» — » 



tf^i: 



e 



=s=^ 



i 



-5* ^ A * 1 

P D 



t* ~g- 



a — f- 



home be - yond the sky, I'll go 

for that home be - yond the sky, I am go - ing there my 



Z23S- 



22: 



» 



-P — fc>- 



v>- 



:J=a£=a LJ _4>L _ Jl|_ JL q T^ 



• 5—- 1 — » •■— -•^tt ~ * — m — 3 P— ^ — 4-11 



there, my dear broth-er, bid 

broth-er, when I bid this world good - by. 



this world good-by. ; 






-* — *- 



-I*— 



-Si- _l 



g-— fr-t-dH 



No. 114 Listen to the Angels Sing 

Copyright, 1950, by Stamps-Baxter Music & Printing Co. 
J. M. Henson in "Better Songs" Clyde Williams 



S=±s 



£&? 



#==Tn=3n 



-9 — S- 



— H 1- 

-1 i- 



-"-aa — zi 



PT-^- 



fc=£ 



1. Souls for- giv - en and made whole lift your voice, the Lord ex - to!, 

2. On - ly those who are made whole can with joy the Lord ex - tol, 

3. What a hap - py world a - bove in a land of ho - ly love, 




Un- to Him glad trib-utes bring; 
And a last - ing trib- ute bring; 
Come and now a glad song bring; 



Look by faith to Him a- bove, 
So, draw near with hap-py heart, 
To the Sav- ior draw-ing near, 



-i — »— — i — (-^— 




i 



-ad— ad- 



M^Mjb£M £*^ 



-as — a- 



**:. 



d=S 



hid -ing in His precious love, 

in His wor-ship nave a part, Lis-ten to the an- 

with a glad at- ten- tive ear, 



<m 



m 



r i ■ 




fee feE" _ 

y y y 

CHORUS 
ft 



t=t 



fct= 



-f-"^- 



P » » 



sing. 



rea r 1 



F-tar— y- 



-=»—«- 



CT u L» I y U U 

•A A1-* — +1 A! - -*i - 



t£^3 



3*-*- 



1 



-3 



f" 



M4e 



s 



r 



Our hap - py car - ol, by ho - ly an - g 

Je-sus is our hap-py song, sung by heav-en's ho - ly throng, 



fe3EEEi 



B3a 



*: 



£t± 



■£—=!- 



- ft ' U — Ufc— 






=1— «■ 



•c 



HT.fB.JI 

y y y 



FVff E y 

Saints all shall sing with one accord, Thej 

An - gels sing to Him with one accord, praise Him, Multitudes His 

_,.__^___ ±JL 

-\-~f- — i — ♦-*-—<•>-«♦ — — 



m^* 



tr. 



i — — p^ ~ w sr" 

-i j - > A— U— jBt -'fi' 
Ik.— L-l — uj — ij — til 



tHTf > P y P ff 



■-^-5 



Listen to the AnAels Sin* 



-? ^ i r f rr i r p 



5 



5: 



\> V £ u F IT y " 

then up-raise Him, saints laud the Sav-ior, Hear strains all 

love proclaim , saints rejoicing.laudHis name, Hear the wondrous music swell and 



i— P- 




fcj y u u y 



fefe=p= 



«3 



3* 



=»-*■ 



-3— *- 






w y y 



■ F u 



ring; Our bless-ed Sav-ior,we 

ring, they swell and ring,0 glo-ry;He is ours for ev- er-more, ours to wor-ship 

_v d >_n 



fe*£ 



*£ 



y— t 



-*— £- 



^tefcrtftrr 



y y y y 



+7- L y 



» -*i S- 



u y y *•£ 






-] — £. 



**-ati 



fc±*: 



-fr-fMSr 



3trJL=jt 



r- 



p i. p p IT 
y y y y y 

the glad hal - le - lu-j 



then a - dore Him, Let 

and a - dore, Let the hap- py hal- le - lu - fahs ring, 



i ring, 



■V— u ,r 



-= — I H i <♦ — *■- 

_q — | J-b* _ a— K — hfc- 

-i h 



:t= 



-y — y — y — y — y- 



!* 



m 



^= L j 3=-ji7-F "^ ..»- _ 

^ F .^. - ^ ^ IT p 

y y y V y 



g — %— 



y y U . " " W 

All heav - en sing - ing, love 

with glad-ness,Tune your heart to heav-en's praise, as He crowns with 






-=» — ^ 



:t=t=: 

:N=|E£zH=:ftic 



U U 



te^rf 



^»i= 



:teiv 



-JL-Zl±mz 



^r4 



:s l— *■ 



i^zpjjpf^—s 



PP 



S y 

He is crown-ing, Come and lis-ten to the an- gels sing, 
love our days, List now un - to the an - gels sing 

P-P^-^ -p -- r ^ IP *_pJ^^«L2M_J 






ftr 



-=1 K" 



: t== 



List 



u 

to 



5£J=. 



9 



y 

them sing. 



No. 115 Singing, Praying 

Copyright, 1950, by Stamps-Baxter Music & Printing Co. 
E. C. in "Better Songs" Edsel Coats 

uyyK — M-F* 4M 1 — ♦• — _ — -\ ♦-F*' ♦ m — w — ♦--■ 

J -J- -m- tt 

1. A - round the old time al - tar, some Chris -tians gath-ered there, 

2. TheSpir - it hov-ered o'er me, and I be - gan to sing; 






±z: 



H H ■<*- -I*- H 






* 



o 



flrzg — 2 -* — 5si-*^ 



Was hear'n-ly soul com-mun-ion, in hum - ble praise and prayer. 
The pray - ing of the Chris-tians had shown to me the King. 




ij u i i "i mt t i* r^ *i -■- -■• -■- -■- » -■»- -■»- -■- -«- 
e y y b C " W tftfyy^btfuy 

Sing - ing, pray - ing, 

Joy-ful sing-ing, hap-py sing-ing, ear-nest pray-ing, hum-ble pray-ing 
- ing, sing - ing, pray - ing, pray - ing, 

* B E n JJJ J a fifi^ a fi fi r> r> 

i— ^ ij -J g _ 9 9 — m r ^ ^— ^-^-^-^ — =* — =t — =^ — M~ 



r 



^ 



r 



1 



t — *j — +i A — *i — ^ — _ — *,J-^ — s — » — a— a. — S — =? * J 

—J. -^j. -as- ~im-i. W v* W I ^ " N 



y U 

Makes my soul re - joice from day to day; 



; JL_J _: 

-hj-— F 

-W — h 



i* i» r r f 
tj y y y j, 

yes, from day to day; 






5 3 u U 




y y u U 1 S b l> n C F 



Preach - ing, shout ing, 

Old time preach-ing £OS-pel preach-ing, ho - ly sbout-ine, hal - le - lu-jahs, 
Preach - ing, preach - ing, shout - ing, shout • ing, 



;-j—-— ^— ^ -^j ^)— =i ■ w * * — *--\ — g — ^< — i— ^>— »^— g — ^— ^— 



ft ft 



fcCO — 



__^^_1!1 

=^=3 



Sinking, Praying 






rr 



T ~w ~r 

Ring - ing out to those who stray. 

out to those who stray. 

f» b h ft ft * 



■1— kc — i-ao 

E=t=fc2:= 






=2— Is: 



-<•>-=*- 



1— r 




i=T: 



^=ps=^~^-s=* : 



-^- 



Tears on the 



al - tar are fall - ing, 

On the al - tar fall - ing, 

4 J juT J. kT -tf -J 4 



Bt 



_jS*2. 



£-*: 



-P" — *►- 



-v— i 



SC-l ft- w -ft l_- j = 3«=S=^— gg 

I ^ ^k— #^fc A Ad *■ — « — 4* &-g- 



Loved ones gone on soft • ly call - ing; 

Loved ones soft - ly call - ing; 



w± 



=1 — -1 



-0-— 



--=]- 



f~ 



-£r 



-y— - , 



#£=l 


"1 


1 


Ifrv -* 

Sing 
Sing 


— •e 1 — r 

u" w ! i *i ™T fT i* C 
PPyy l> L> 

ing, 
Joy - ful sing - ing, hap - py sing - ing, 
ing, sing - ' ing, 


*1 -n- -■- -m~- -■- 

y y b b 

shout 

ho - ly shout-ing, 
shout - ing, 

, R fi ? P. 


^^r- 


,A A 

p 1 1 


1 T^- 




y g y w I 



hal - le - lu - jahs, 
shout - ing, 

i — ** — =■< — =*— =*-i 



Just be-lieve while He is near. 



while the Lord is near. 
*_ ^ _-_ \1_ _J* J? 3 -P.. ft I 



S-F=F 



a 



No. 116 



My Sins Are Covered Over 



Copyright, 1950, by Stamps-Baxter Musio & Printing Co. 
Eev. Alfred Barratt in "Better Songs" W. Lee Hlggtns 






1. Once my heart wa9 sad and bur - dened With its sor-row, grief and care, 

2. I was weak and sore dis - conr-aged With ray sin and mis-er - y, 

3. There is per -feet joy and glad-ness Sweet-ly ring-ing in my soul, 



-m — i* 



£3-£=tE£EEtifcEg=&fc=^£ 



y y i 



y y i 







And my load of sin was heav-y More than hu-m an strength could bear; 
Till my blind - ed eyes were o-pened And my fol - ly I did see; 
He has pur-chased my sal - va - tion And His grace has made me whole; 

[zzjgEH— ;hH—-^--tr-— F — fr-3— br h — i — I — F Ept3 



Ji!>JtfJ k&£ — j' i : , i — i ^~jy.— J =i= M il 



When I came to Christ my Sav - ior I found grace be - yond com-pare, 
Then I hurn-bly came con-fess - ing To the Christ of Cal - va - ry, 
I will tell the joy - ful sto - ry And His bless-ed name ex - tol, 



y y i I I i 



i 



y y 



==£ 






e 



Ei3S=ps=fS 

— "—-*-' 1 1 ™— L « -I- 

^ ^ M-J- -J- -mJh -mt- -9- ■<&- 



m — ~. — ^ — •! — 3 



-■i — m 



!=* 



=£ 



-zs!t- 



B#- -*; -#- ■#• -♦- ■«*■ 
Now my sins are- covered o - ver With my Sav - ior's pre-cious love. 



y— y- 






*= 



SIS 



■*■ J^\^s 



w 1 y- 



r J-..1.: 



@ 



Chorus * 



E± 



JS-Jk, 






Now my sins are cov-ered o - ver An-swered 

Now my sins are cov-ered o - ver Since I 









y— * ■ — . p* 



-^ tK 



zh — r~ 



My Sins Are Covered Over 



ro>t7 i i-j- 



„4_4_l 1 H -J— £-N 



BE 



-at— 



-*-*-- 



-t^l^i: 



T 



to His call, He has par - doned my trans-gres-sioni, 

His call, He has par - doned ray trans-gres - sions, 




is 



S^E 



=fcd= 



K-P*-g-rd-»- 



C V 



-1 1- 



:5-^=3: 



3: 



Christ is all in all; All my sins are 

Je - sns is ray all, in all; All my sins are cov-ered 



■H fa ■ -Z, -m — m 



^QlSfct:^ 






aE=3czp::-|z± 



■ — »* — -•* 



ri — -j r — p i — I- 






:=T=^ 



-4- 



si 



t r r 

cov - ered o - ver, Mer - cy from a - bove, 

o - ver, There is a - bove, AH my 



t 



:t: 



H ^— LJ- (- 1*— U — 



-I-*-- 



i** 



4 — I — l- 






-4- 



— I (~ 

-4* * 



F * 



1 



. I ' > / 

All ray sins are cov-ered o-ver With my Savior's precious love, 
sins - are cov-ered o - ver bound-less love. 



§s 



J-J- 



J . iA-^ JU 



ft .ft 



^e-r^*- 



-?— terfc 












4--I- 
i 



Coda - For Last Stanza only 



^te^JEJh^l^N ^jl 



All my sins are cov-ered o - ver With my Savior's precious love. 

boundless love. 

-L : J. J. 



•i 1 — 1 — -^- V— -♦- -^- _ K_ — - -♦- _ *fc -♦«- —5- -♦- 

fe5 rL ~^"g;" 7 ^=s^" r SF^=^----S=£ ;r £=£-r- ^n 



No. 117 My Gross of Sorrow 

Copyright, 1950, by Stamps-Baxter Music & Printing Co. 
L. G. P. in "Better Songi" - Luther G. Presley 



I zzM:* razdeila -S-5^— g — ST ** — -«— ^ ^—s-4-- *. - EfeilEs— 



ar— — -ij|»-— — *— ^^ai 

1. My bur-dens are so heav-y, and cross-es hard to bear, Some-times I 

2. Old Sa-tan can -not harm me, nnr turn my feet a-stray, There's One a- 

3. These tri-als here are noth-ing to what mySav-ior bore, A 

_ -:*>- -a. -a. ^.. .a. ^- -^_ _a. ^. a -a-. 

y— y — y— [7 I -y- 1 - » ■ U 



lone He 



»*&i 






-A 



fal - ter be-neath this load of care; And then I go to Je-sns, He 
bove me who watch-es night and day; I tell Him all my sorrow, He 
sut-fered, the crown of thorns He wore; No won-der He re-mem-bers, and 

-A- . -A- -A- _A_ y(L A -r*. 

^T^ — *~ — ^ — S> — y — j? — < 



~K 



-v—v — y— y- 



hi h _P i* f* i h 


1 h h 1 I _T* 


J J 


Jf ^■'0-AU ^ Ad — IVmi 1- ^ 

fsB-— -^-^ — *< — * — — *■ — ^ _ 


-»= >■=-*_ =i d J 6"«- 


T « 


:=!-!* *=— 


*j > y ijj ' U 
gives me vie - to - ry, I Love my Sav-ior and He loves 
makes the shad-ows flee, 
an - swers ev - 'ry plea, I love He loves 

A -<*-• -A. _ -a. _a- XhU. ' jaL -V- 


f^HHr-*— rr— (? — k— ^- t -^- 


A* h. u*. ^ -__ t — h. 




1 


^-TJhf i A i i J ' 'V 


"i7 U" V -7 y - 




^Hli Li j y . 




«# 






r 



^ Chorus n h 







y y y ' v — sj 



y y 

me. Dear Lord, I want to be faith-ful here, 

e-ven me. Dear Lord, I want to be faith-ful down here, 




■ JHr-a r= - W-W-*! =1 '— - rWrr- '-— ^ 

fcEE-^ -pi — :T ; — ■*— **— ^- F^i— ^)- 



E^Efe^&rJ-d-^^ 



-4— =i q 

Till my last sun in the west goes down, 

Till my last sun goesdown, goes down, Want to 



j pj^jj i ^gilg 






t r-tr-p— F~ 



My Gross of Sorrow 



Want to trade this cross of sor-row here, 

trade this cross of sor-row down here, For 






4=: 



«=Sf 



&^ 



L'tf 1 : 



-1*— w 






y » 



^ 



r 



c^= 



Forheav - en'sgold-encrown,brightgoldencrown;I want to 

heav - en's gold - en crown; I want 



fe^^= 



_?2£ 



-P — P — =i- 



V— P- 




y y y 
■PA L-s » -? 



ipztztzzp^zi^zzz:— — * 



t= 



:(zi_1= 

-y — y- 



2;^=-^=^=^ 



fe 



4^ 



<rH P — f— 



y— y- 



-- ?=-=>*— =!— *-(*-^- 



y i/ y u 



^ y ' v v 
be a friend to all, And do the best I 

to be a friend to all, And do the best 

j__tr — , — ^_f- 

3=y-- = 



H-17-fc — = — ♦-»— s-h= — ^-K „ 

^L 7 M lr 1 3- r* — -. — h — ^ 



-y— y^ 






zzzzrtjczspcz: 



_PZ1LZ=5CZ3 



-IT- it bt h y r — y U 1 — P^ y £ 



££2Z 



u y 
can; Dear Lord, I want to be 

the best I can; Dear Lord, I want ■ to be faith-ful 



h^M 









-=1 Uk- 



-y — y- 



-g — 1^ — H k— mi l— - yk 
y— ii 11 ^— £ 



--*- 






faith-ful here, A friend to fall -en man, to fall -en man. 

down here, A friend to fall - en man. 

»— »— m— *- 






No. 118 



Happy With My Savior 



Copyright, 1950, by Stamps-Baxter Music & Printing Co. 
J. M. Henson in "Better Songs" Mrs. Tom Wallace 



.^r^r^z^ 




■ash -as)- ad ••Jasr ••- 
1. I am hap-py on the way, with my Sav-ior day by day, He up-holdsme 
2.1 amsing-ing of His love, on the road that leads a- bove, I de- light to 
3. I shall see Him af - ter while, on that hap-py gold-en isle, When shall dawn the 



y u> u 



y 



y y y y 



i i I 
by His might, His might; I have noth-ing now to fear, with my bless-ed 
praise His name, His name; Rap-ture fills my trust- ing soul, since I gave to 
crowning day, glad day; With the an - gels I'll re-joice,with a true ex- 

, _ -f*- -I*. -|»- -)*- 
-*■— TK-r-T 1 1- 



^^ r ^V-^^V-y--y--y-y-y--^ t f = rr-|p 



Chorus 



«J -s- -s- -t 7 -**- ftSh -**- * r i f* 



Wfc 



■ 1 A i-A< 



Asl 



-a- -s- -x- ••- ija- ■•- " r r f 

Lord so near, For He keep= me in the light, love's light. 
Him con-trol,Day by day He's just the same, the same. 
ul - tant voice, While the a-ges roll a-way, a-way. I'm hap-py as I go 

— I t -V «. ft ft 



y y i y y y y i • 







£* 



-=1— =1- 



N ft 

— 1-— f-- 



»=fe 



.ft. -fit 



: d- 



y 
go onward, I face the dawning, Hook to Him each 

on, fac - ing the dawn, Look - ing to Him each 

ft ft ft i»* f\ ft ^ ft is iv n ^ 



j(_q. 






^W. 



1 







* • -4P--2- * *^ *i y y ™ "i y y y y y 



day, ev'ry passing day, He is my light and my guide, close bymj 

day, great light, He guides me, al-waya 

B * » * p 

_AL*L J — TLa! — A-, <*-* M _ ,-. *>-A — 



Happy With My Savior 






side, What * a great friend is He, what a friend is He; 

be* side me, what a friend is He; 



-ft*— A— A- 



Sfe=E=E 



_sr._--L 



5E£ 



<P AP f> 



*L .«»'- 



y y y; 



vnr 



■■»-»—«- py 



mr-t? 



iii 



£ 






*=ft 



:g=i 



-y — ^ — ^ 



For Him I'm liv • ing, glad praise 

While here, for Him I will live, glo - ty to 

« IN h ft ft ft ft ft 

££RF- 



|%=i F ft* 



fc^£ 



: 8*=£==*F 



1 J • ■ J 



fef^ 



tf-^— tr 









t?-^ 



I'm giv-ing, A-long the shin-ing way, on the shin-ing way, 

give, On the bright shin - ing way, 



ft ft ft 



JVP 



bi *L *. *L J 



-=!—=)- 



_«_»! — AC 

'b *5 y r • 



C=; — /e_^R 



V 



^q F~ pr 






■±-jb* *» ■ ♦ Im wL-fcuJl 

y y y y y iy y 

He is rry song and my light, ban • ish-ing 

My song, my life light, drives out 




•=1 H h- 

y — y- 



-F»-—- 



-_ — F— F- 



y w 




--% 






J-V «* — fal h) 1— S- Fx^ =======:=:: 



y y y y b 

j He's 

the dark -ness, He's 



y p y y 

night, He's a great Sav-ior to me. 



rr^ 



1 



"Fj T T" 

y y y 



: K— S — »—m — S g g 

-y — ^-^ — y — 6 — *~~ y~~ 



pre-cious friend to me. 



^ 



i 



No. 1 19 The King of My Heart 

Copyright, 1950, by Stamps-Baxter Music & Printing Co. 
W. A- S. in "Better Songs" W. Allan Sims 

ft k N ! __£ N, 



:ggp =fcfP-N _ k— i^zzj —^tzzfc, zz^z-z^z=.^.zr^-^n 
^ - z ^♦— g F»-jw— x~g ^ — ♦— o 1 — o -F 3 -^ ^ - - — - — — H 



1. Je-sus is tbe King of kings, Lord and Mas-ter of all things, H u is 

2. For the right I'll ev - er stand, ho!d-ing to my Sav-ior'shand,Lean-ing 

3. In my heart the joy bells ring, as I praise my bless- ed King,Walk-ing 

-A- -A- -A- -A- -A- _ -A- -»■ *" 

A — A A A — A. L. U y- 

-b— E±r- 



t?- 



■V >— ! 



SEE 



-y- 







g^Sing^^g-^^ll 



fc 



r y w r 

now the nil - er of my heart, of my heart; Since I've giv-en Him con-trol, 
on His ev - er-last-ing arm.might-y arm; With Him 1 shall press a - long, 
in the foot-path where He trod, where He trod; I love Him more each day, 

ZZJL-J ^ ^ ^ 1 1 Li h £- — |- k- — y- L^ ^ * > 1 



He's the Shep-herd of my soul, From His pres-ence I shall ne'er de- 
sing - ing love's up - lift - ing song, He is keeping me from sin and 
rood I'll go with Him to stay Thru the a - ges, on the hills of 



_ -i*. ^ — -|«. . B . y*- n — _ . m . . 



_ — | — — |- pgg Be Be k Bc-i»c »c~r-— 



czzt=rt3 

-— »— — »jj 



3BE±38SS=d 



Chorus f» £ ft ft ft 



i^n 



y P 
s 



Eart, ne'er de-part, 
arm, safe from harm. 
God, hills of God. Je-sus the Christ 
i ft ft , 

J ■* " ■« 



-y-y-tr-H 



f?» 



tt 



r—r 
_ft 






+ZM=£ 



\J 



Je * bus is the King of my trust-ing heart, 

is King of my heart, 



£ 



rtrtz: 



SiKz£:t::SK=5=2: 

_ — j__|^_ w _,_ ! — «1- 

V — fc*— l 1 l*i 

y y 



5"— P"— U"— tr 



i 



SEE=Ff r ?=P=«t^ 



— up~P- 



3e^e3eIeIPJ 



• ■ " t> i -fir tT 

Gen-tly leads me thru earth's dark val-ley drear; 

He leads me thru " this val - ley drear; Won-der-ful 

w m m m m . ^e. m . 

trrr^Fr- 



^ 



y y y 



-r— =? ^" 



6-ir 



h— fr-rr— I E 



a= b~P~-£? 



The Kin* of My Heart 



at— ari- 



■v — * — * — - 



^"-y— h— f-l 



U— D-^- b f 






y y 



m 

y 



i* y 

Won-der-ful the gifts that He doth im-part, 

blesa - ings He doth im-part, His heal -ing 



-t=— |A_=i — ^_ 

- »— T- — - 



-F — *-f— A_ac_=i — ^ 



-P=P- 



y y 



^ ^ g r» IMl_^ pjl jl jl-&-i^ 



£h 



^z±Q^i^^p3^: 



J J \J 



-y 



f 



ft ft N IS 



£^ 



-1 y ^ y 



t± 



Ten-der heal-ing hand is so ver-ynear, Cheer-ingall the way 

hand is ev - er near, Cheer-ing me with 



-I*. J*. 4 1 |K. 



at3 



-=i— g- 



fr~ -?»— y— y— y— y — •- — bj»zj» : F , r^' 
y y y y r 



:y-_tr-r 



u y 



= n .% ■ 



£ 



t> y 



J M **' - rtT TH **^ bFr«-F=3 



s y 



y LT 



i i . i 
v * v v 



by His sav-ing love, Help-ing me to flee 

Hismer-cy and love, He helps me flee each sin- ful 



ips 



:fr^p-b"y~fc 






rE-t-t-t-tHi 
±^tnt-t=ztz3 

y y y y y 



ji— «i — ♦ — ♦ — ♦ — ♦ — =1 — ^ — *, — ^ — ^___^ — <* 1- — q 

_, — -_ ^-L-jai A k A — F— J 



r 



'i y y y I 



F I 

y y y y 



Sa - tan's sin - ful dart; Safe - ly He will guide 

dart; Safe - ly He'll guide me home a- 

^"^'D — t 1 fcr 



•ff-r 



S=tE&_Ei 



F — F — F — F — F 



sr y F 
^ ft i. 



r " v -- p ^ i y — I LE2 F— * Lr-r- 




y y w y i -u y 

to my homea-bove, supreme is He, King of my heart. 

bove, Supremeis He, King of my heart. 



^t^VEEF 



gzEz-»4#f--fe-- 



— t ' h EL D j 



l^££g gf^*= ^^g3ESEgfe =^| 



No. 120 



At the End of the Road 



Copyright, 1950, by Stamps-Baxter Music & Printing Co. 
Luther G. Presley in "Better Songs" J. B. Coats 






5E 






^£&i 



m 



y P P U y 

1. When my tri - als are end- ed, o - ver and past, and my race has been 

2. Just a lit -tie bit near-er, near-er each day, ev - 'ry mile that I 



E 



fcfc 



3s s: ▲ ~ s xztsl 



#=tfc 




J Mi-J ft-JA 



-?»- 



ss 






H 



^"n*" 



cttttt 

run, my race has been run, When my work is all fin-ished, fin-ished at last, 
tread, each mile that, I tread, Just a lit- tie bit bright-er, bright-er the way, 



%iy-T =r-i— r=£ 



-y~r-r-tr 



!-£=£ 



FF 



fefe 



— # — 5 — * — j M , g 



$==£ 



-A— A 1 -5J J 



b 4 i, \j 

at the set-ting of sun, at the set-ting of sun; May there be no re- 
lights are shin- ing a - head, lights are shin-iug a-head; Lord, I want to be 




pin - ing, tho you are sad, when I lay down my load, this wea- 
read-y, noth-ingun-done, whenl lay down my load, this wea • 



ri- some load, 
ri-sonie load, 



WFEm^ 



%-\ 



m 




k$M* 



A— A— A- P— A— A ^-^-dM-S- 1 -^ ■ A A^J 

P B 8 y C r^TT^rr 



u 

For I want to be smil-ing, want to be glad , at the end of the road . 
For 1 want to be srnil-ing, trophies all won, at the end of the road . 



£?=* 



fc= 



-*- 



p-fr »■* u g fr fr fygy 



PIT 



At the End of the Road 




Chorus 



At the end of the road 
At the end of the road there'll be joy for my 



&fe 



Be 






v-£r- g i— fl-tr-fr 



-»- 






r 



r p i n r 






y - y y I H 

there'll be joy for my soul, When the clouds in the west 

soal, When the clouds in the west 



SEfet 



1 1 - .1 ^f- 






j*~y — g — ff~~F — "*- 




g%##^±p 






all areturn-ing to gold; May there be no re-grets 

all are turn-ing to gold; May there be no re-gfets 



tr- 



i£ s — *== feSts=g 



t^j- 



-5— h— K- 



tJ-0-fe 



bs- 



5*_ K|S . iS-fSJS 



bfc&=ttfcj=u^z 



:fc 



?F=^ 



a-J^-ft 



^ 






y * y g ; -C 



t^ j 



(T ^ -& 



when I lay down my load, For I want to be 
when I lay down my load, 



ES 



SEE 



7— £=£= 






3^33 



u p p * u 






E==^> 



W W IT V b 



"P" W 

y u 



y 5J f 
smil-ing at the end of the road. 

want to be glad at the end of the road. 

— «_* « W -2» * ^ «_^. p s b ft b P P" 



No. 121 



I Am 60 Glad 



Copyright, 1950, by Stamps-Baxter Music & Printing Co. 
J. B. Baxter, Jr. in "Better Songs" Dwlght Brock 







BT7 r 

1. 1 am so glad since Je-suscame In -to my 

Tru-Iy I'm glad since my Lord came 

2. 1 Love my Lord and He is mine * He makes the 

Love my dear Lord Je-sns is mine 

J*-*-jg-g - r is-jg-k 1 - 




-*- 



[=£=£: 



-=»—£- 



^£iB? 









1 X 
and bore my blame, Such joy as this 



-b :- l7-C r 

life 

In - to my life guilt and my blame, Won-der-ful joy 

path to glo - ry shine; Be-hind are thing3 

Makes the bright path for me now shine; Far be-hind things 



cbzpfc-E: 



3fc 




E* 



u y y 
I never had 

nev-er I had 

which made me sad, 

made me feel sad, 



y y 
I've found His love 



and I am 



m^ 



Found His true love 

g-s-r-g — Cibl 



5— 3— ET- 



-»— F- 



-y — ■»*- 



Chorus 



RSld 



rrrr & & & i u 

»lad. True glad - ness, 



glad. 

I'm so glad. 

If 



glad - ness, gone 
The tro-est glad - ness, all gone is 
Twill be glad - ness, gone all 

1 J* J! JN ^ i». J-T-T 




y y 

see His face, 



sad - ness, When 

Bad - ness, 
■ad • ness, When we all shall blessed smil-lng face, 



;ft-=1- 



Praise 

Sweet prais-es 
Prais - es 

ft ft ft 




-4S-i -4 




1 Am So Glad 




— x N N-« 


^k "♦ — 


: 







c 

ing, 




i 


_*l - _|ij w : 


sing - ing, 

sing - 
sing - ing, 






*i i™ i n n -kE- -*=- - i= -* p 

y y y i y T ' 

joy bring - ing, When 

what joy 'tis bring -ing, When we 
joy 'tis bring - ing, Gath-er 

J * * 1 N 1 


we gath-er in that 
gath - er 
in that 


&: ^_ 





a. . ^ p. — 


"" r 


m m- 

r— 1 


1 




T [*- r — ' 




1 1 j 






-rvi 



-=t 



"r"""Tt 



gi 



u u t ..- . 

place; 

in that bo - ly place; 

place; 



^fts: 



Help 



me to bear 



my load 



Help me bear each 

JL. 'JfU JU .-JU 

^ -T V~r —t=r- 



load 



y 



53 



fsf=ts 



^^^ 



1: 



-- T ft T 
-jd—^st 



^ y ' 



y y 



y-|- 



y y 

o'er dark and storm - y road, To that heav - en - ly 

o'er storm-y rough road, Up to that fair and 

\# 1 — ! ! - ! I is-jz n fc 1 






1r-tr-y— l- 



— *— *— y— r— 



A: 



=»^— 



rJ- 



=t 



4-- 



S 



^*— l*_H^ 



L) y y tr r 

shore; 

bright e - ter - nal shore; 

9tf-i» — v P*— ■ — »-#-F-t- 



r^Bp 



True 

The tru - est 
'Twill be glad 

3 JJSt^ 



U *i y y y 
ness, gone 
glad - ness, all gone is 
ness, gone is 

-^- -^H -=^h 



— i k- — h — I — i — i — I — r 



Jt 



1- 



=t 



=t 



S 



sad - ness, When we meet to part no more. 

sad • ness, When we all shall meet to part no more, 

sad - ness, Meet to part no more. 

r— ■ ■ its. r* ^ ^ _J!> j* 



Mfe3 aa - 



n i 



3: 



*= 



pi 



II 



No. 122 Over in Glory Land 

Copyright, 1950, by Stamps-Baxter Music & Printing Co. 

in "Better Songs" Kenneth Fulkerson 

K. F. & L. S. & Lynwood M. Smith 



isrfr 






1. Whatawon-der-ful time in glo-ryland, o-ver the sea, 

2. Are you read-y to meet the Savior when He calls for you? 



» 



& "c B b t? rjinnru 



-A. 



*»— *- 



For yon and me, 
If you are true, 



-m-m^r^m-m — 



g= r E i ?~ F~ U E ~ ri> " " * 




.« __,_ 53 — i* L-atf =■ 3a ^a aa — ^ m> «J 



We a - wait the day when we'll sail a-way, 
Then you'll fly a-way, on that hap-py day, 



hap-py we'll be; 
He'll see you thru, 



m*3E 



A— tt> — bfc i " 



-bfc — ifc f F> 

mtrta- 



-a— a— a- 



F* — K 



5C tC 



« 



b=fc=fc=tr±- 






tr-tr-p-tf-tl 




FRrS 



E 'h ft ft-H- 



o-ver the foam, 
o-ver the foam, 



♦"■*i — *— W — 

To our e -ter-nal home, in heav-en. We'll be hap-py there, 
To your e - ter-nal home, in heav-en, Trust-ing,fol-low Him, 



-t^w- 



?g^r~FTTg=SF5Fg 



-!■—?* — W— W- — I* 



y y 



^- -I -=- -iA 



■. — i — i — i — i — 

-A W— Mb— tA— «*— 



lOX B—i 1 1 1— I l-K— I 1 l-«-tffT*-« *— h~ — — i 1 "i ■ ->tM~W~m~ vffi 



in that sun-ny clime.f rom sin made free, 
Hewillpideandcheeras on you go, 



With Christ e-ter-nal-ly,we'll be; 
Bless-ings He will be-stow,be-stow; 



EHEB 






■p-tr 



x — ^-P-P- — ~-F-^ — *•-£ 



n u f^ js d ft r> j> r* ft r\ ftr^&ftrN ftr i-i^ ry ft > 



whatrap-ture to join the band, an-gels sing-ing in cho-rusgrand, O-ver in 
H youfirm-Iy for J e-sus stand, you 11 be read-y to join the baud, 



£E*£EEE£Etefi 



"■b-ff 



t^I 



^ 



Over in Glory Land 

Choeus 






■tr-^r-fs. 



w * 



ttt 



jr-ftr£g ft ft -fr 



i — M ~*:~* — a * * 



glo-ry land. Re-joic-ing is wait-ing up yon-der, inheav-en, 

glo-ry land. what a time in heav, - en, 

, n ft h ft ft ft ft ft r> ft ft ft 

iEeeS 






r 



r 



i 






±rg-&i 



:=— £z*rft: 



g 



L «1 , -1 p- p q K ft S E 

j — ^1 g-g — §i3i5_5"^ — ■* - •» g — 
y ff 

For all the ran-somed band, With rapture we'll praise the Re-deem-er, 

For the ran-somed,ransa(ned band, We'll praise the Lord, our Sav - 

ft P ft .in ft fi h ft ft ft ft ft ft 



E- 



g^.iJ J 



«: 



-■-pt 



-aLaLaL 



.a! a" a) 



* 



:[? 1 ij-T-cpiq 



frTr-fi 1 J. fa E JUULI&-PLML 



Mi y 



£fe 



oarSav-ior, Sing in the chorus grand; Walk a-long the golden streets of 

ior, In the chorus, chorus grand; And we shall walk the streets of 

ft ft ft ■». ft ft ftftftlN^lsft* 






ft f\*kJ n 



1 — 1- 



Nylj * u -- 1 -^ 1 ^ Fa^=a=1a — a — 




7u " 

ft ,ft j^_ 



ift " ^ ^ ^ ^ •« ^T^ p% JMMs— 



glo-ry, With the sainted millions gone before; Great joy, and 

glo-ry, re-joic-ing, With saiuts gone be - fore, be-fore; What wondrous joy 

ft ft ft ft IV * «. ft ft ft ft 

ft ft IVi _ *. _ a! a' a! 




fc: 



^ — 1 f-^ — 

r-l— ^-h 



4-m fn -p~ftTFi J- fr- 



g q-^-ft -fr-fl --, .-p TS-P r -T-T^T F^- A 1 ' a 'g -^ 



i ' I 
no sor-row, for-ev-er and ev-er, At home in glo-ry land, 
for - ev - sr, Home in glo-ry, glo-ry land, 

ft ft ft ft ft ft ^ ft ft ft *» ft s , 



p 



No. 123 I Am Goin* Home 

Copyright, 1950, by Stamps-Baxter Music & Printing Co. 
W. T. in "Better Songs" Wesley Tucker 



tr -*- -mr — g- 

1. God bo loved the world that He gave His own Son the lost race to save, 

2. Je - sus bids us now to pre-pare for that won-der-ful home up there, 




E J»ZE_fc 5=a=gEE 



ja 



P 



Ht* 



Ff 



rr 1 



i» r <* 



fxn 



zrrf 



&m 



He's tiie way; 

Christ the Sav-ior is the on- ly way, the way; 



T* 



ii 




71 LI -ar -«- -a- " u 



y — — * ■■ y 

Man-sions for ns He will pre- pare, and I'm go • ing that home to share, 
Let ns make Him our all in all, and be read - y when He shall call, 



p__ — ^ — m. — m rw — m. — »* — be — fcc— ■ m m — (*— Hhc — m. — -f— — ^t— rfn 
lEbt r— t r— fl — g— u p p _b =g-U= ^— fcj— fr— tr-^-" 



ife^ 



feS 



^-^-t^tf- 




Chobus 



Some glad day, 

Go-ing some day, going some glad day , glad day. 






Get-tingjread-y 



Q 



E 



r 



jyy? j! 6} o i» h j if 



=F 



rn.-m-m.-m- 






3% 



fc-fi- * 



•F 



g=^^ 



for the jour-Dey to my man-sion np yon-der, To the ci- ty that's 
go - - ing 






I Am Goin$ Home 



^=F=t 



, y y " y 1y T 



13£ 



5-jyu? — ft-ft-M\ 



m= »±a£j _^ - .. " J agg; 



* 



bnilt a - bove; While I'm down here, I will serve Him, 

Built a-bove, that's bnilt a-bove; Here I'm 



Hfc 



*K=fcz* 



:*=£ 



*/• P-+- m~m 



F — ■S-fc ^ — fF F — F- F— F Sfcc— fee— hc-fes— , 



■fhp ■ ^ ^r gh » — ^j h 

/LbJ, ■ — « ~ W 


5£J4HM*J -M? 


IMZ 1 g^ 

glad* ly sing- ing, and tell- ing 
sing - - ing 

ti-}H> a S— jsc is— k- - 1 F-r*- 


1 U 

Of His mer- cy and sav - ing 

Sav - ing 

— — — a -» ■*•— 


RP Vtr^S- £=£-£= 


_u ^- 






y y f' 

love. Let as make ready, yes, watch and pray, Je-sns is call-ing,He 

love, His saving love. 






£3ZS3i 



3 -y-M f*? 1 



■=1— -*-— 



--fa'- 



is the way; Get-ting read-y for the jour-ney to my mansion 

I am go 



g F 






F ^ (^ -| f ft W P k^—t^H 

!=-£**- -~ — fcr — x — is — ts: — s— ^ — be — ; 



:g-tf-?-y: 



-F-l*-(*-F— 






z& 



£ 



^L_& 



o£ 



I - — ■- =, F hr- 1 -! A F A J-l 

y u u u u 



&=£?: 



i -*" y y y y 

np yon-der , I am go* ing up home some day. 
ing, Home some day, some hap-py day. 



^SS 



F^ 



-fc 



^=t± 



t= 



fee. ^A„ 

F* — t — he— h^- 



w^m 



No. 124 He's Mine 

Copyright, 1950, by Stamps-Baxter Music & Printing Co. 
Clyde Williams in "Better Songs" Mr. & Mrs. Lonnie B. Combs 




£=& 



1. Walk-ing with my Je - stra each day, trav-'ling in the glo - ry - land way, 

2. Je - sus came and lift - ed my soul, and He made the bur -dens ail roll, 




E=l *-=£=£: 



m — b m — m m^ZmZT^l 



F=r r B-=r = H tl:Si = tt = t ^= li = tts =r 



fc=M=|» 



^s^-^^^i : fe 



-t- 



"i— "i — =^— /■— ifc-^i 

y u 



a 



I am glad that I can now say that the bless-ed Sav-ior is mine; 

His great name I'll ev-er ex-tol, tru-ly mine; 

-* -SLa A- 



. — (-> — ("— I — 



■•= — m — A — = — A— »— a_^_^ 



-A— ifc— bfc— k% — 1A— b% — (=— I — I — « — * — *— ^ 



He is near wher-ev - er I go, tho my feet are wea-ry and slow, 
I'll re -joice to see Him some day in that home jnst o - ver the way, 






/Wp- 1— M '— *> »*4 1 S*H W «i^-*» -^ 1 N -H-A( A-l 

y ffij I 
Ev-'ry day I'll let the world know that the bless-ed Sav-ior is mine. 
how glad that I will then say tru - ly mine. 

z I — I — ^ — F ~i~ - * — j — F ~tr: — tr — r* — ^ ~ m — m — is> — w- — -•-! 

Chorus 

^- i b ifr 



r r^f 






I'm 

I 

I'm 



glad 
am glad 
glad that 



He 

He's 

He 



mine, nev 

mine.nev 
mine, nev 



IT »• 

er 
er I'U 
er will 






JL_Z? 



J* 



> 



=£==pp^ =?^g = 



I 



am 



glad 



that Je - sua is 



mine, nev • er 



will 



He's Mine 



r 



m 



:=£ 



PI1 

re 

I 



y 

re - pine, 

pine, 

re - pine, 



what 
what joy 
what a 



m 



Joy 

di 
joy 
is 



di 
di 



vina 
vine 
vine 



S=fc: 



^S 



— !~T 

- pine, 



:£ 



:£: 



what 



joy 



and glo - ry di - vine 




that 
that 
that 



and whole; Sing a 

80 free and whole; I will sing'' a 
so free and whole; I'll sing " a 



I'm 
I'm 
I'm 



J 1 J 



free 
free, 
free, 



that I'm free and won-drons • ly whole; 



Sing 



a 



hap 




5S| 



r- 



l=f 



py song, tread a 

- py new song as I tread 
hap > py song as I tread 



V 



JL 



ft 

Jbi A. 



mid the throng, 

a * mid the great throng, 

raid the throng, 



py 



— bfc- 
-f" 

song, tread 



-A 



mid 



earth 



ly throng* 



Praise Him all day long, till I reach the heav-en-ly goal. 

And I'll praise Him all the day long, till I reach the heav'nly goal. 

I'll praise Him all daylong, till I reach the heav'nly goal, 

.^ _j -J L-AL £p -r-+ . -»- *—£- 



K^=g 



FtF=f 



Praise Him all 






day 



long, till 




I reach the goal. 



No. 125 I Am Traveling the Highway 

Copyright, 1950, by Stamps-Baxter Music & Printing Co, 
G. T. S. in "Better Songs" G. T. Speer 



^-"- **— rs $-$ ~fitu 3 



1. 1 have start - ed a jour - ney to a ci - ty up 

2. As I trav - el the high-way Christ the Sav - ior is 




-3 — #-?-» 



Wi 



HJJ JU 



* »" 



y Li 



v I '- n ^— ♦ 



:=& 



trB-0-0-tr-& 






yon - der, Where the saints shall all rest from all 

to the ci - ty so fair, W here the saints shall all rest 

with me, O'er the mountains so seep, He has 

He will guide me I know, O'er the mountains so steep, 

flc — ac£»_pc — , ac . _ 1. 1 .1' i 1 1 — i 1 — i 

*-*^I- 1 1 ^- 1* -a - F^F - £ 



ifcj-tf: 



0-feUtl 



k— S* 



tzfc 



t=^=fe=i=E"=^ 



S3 



xL~ 



^Epsfe?^ 



talS= 



t^: 



U pT^ p y* L, i X 

sor-row and care I am trust-ing in Je - bus . 

promised to go ... . He will nev - er f or-sake me 



vvfnr 



%=t=r 



F — t=fc=t tf ;ffz£ 









H*-«r-*- 



***« 



t= 



tnr 



"ir - ?^ 



1 



» *d — g- — u F A 1 



5 y B 

and I know He will guide me, 

all a - long the bright way, To that ci - ty a- 
He'll be walk-ing be - side me, 

all the night and the day, Soon I'll reach that sweet 

_n_*_«fe (*_«_iA— _*_"t"_.« . 






bove where I'm go - ing someday 

home and be bap - py for aye 



J*. ^S. ^_ -«. h«_ -«_ .»*. 



p K) & fi ft h /* 



(N: 



I 



^rz 



I Am Traveling the Highway 

'Chorus BJLJH ft f* 



:=3 



-♦-■I r 



I am trav'ling the high-way, 
I am trav'ling the high-way, to that beau-ti - fal 



m 



»-=*- 



_H i a *a a 






±±zzz|=gzz:fcjzz:gzz£ 



^5?S* 



-■-* 



8*-*- 



■O R R r> tr- frA 



to that ci - ty so grand, Where the saved ones shall rest in that 

ci - ty, Where the saved ones shall rest 

JJ ft 6 p f JJJJJJ.^. 



Pi 



A A ^ fa>- 

CTTp 






i±*-0= 



?^35 



^ 



5=* 



£ 



=^e^ 



•ft-frf 



■i* _i ^-P — ^ — £— ~ i ^ _ 



^"rrfT-sr 



heav-en-ly land; I will nev-er torn back- ward, 

in that heav-en-ly land; I will nev - er turn 

4L 



m 



rf 



■^M-# 



LL L 



&=W 



t=± 



£te£& 



-•-•-•-r-pf 



PfE^ 



-t: 






fc SLg-g- 



- =1 — U — u — » - m —<+■ — 
F.;=p_P-g-g-| r _ 






~lf -v P i » — * — _ 



-tr-p 

I am head-ed for heav - en, 
back-ward, to that ci - ty so grand, Bless-ed Je-sns, I 



m 



i 2 X 



p — v- 



-3 A- 



tf— H !*— »— "■— +T— 5 * 



tfcHJ 



b=g=5=^ 



♦v:yj -BJ -tH» 



^5^fe^# 4Jz^fc^ 



IS 



-A- 



* * *-% 






f-B-J 



Bless-ed Je-sns, I pray, let me hold to Thy hand 



pray, 



M.JL.JL. 



-r«- ■*- -r*- ^ ■#- -*- -**- ,-. , ^ . -kr 

^— k Js =Ss=fc^Tjszzbz: j £_£_ !=: 



r^- 



=g=r 



let me hold to Thy hand. J 



No. 126 Do Not Wait Too Long 

Copyright, 1950, by Stamps-Baxter Music & Printing Co. 
J. Max Barnette in "Better Songs" Chas. T.Owens 

T -«- . -^ -■- -a -m- --*■ -*- -+ 

1. When Je -sus the Lord calls His chil-dren to come, Will you be with the 

2. The judg-ment is coin-ing, it could be to-day, Earth may end with the 

3. Come, fol - low the Lord, and take oth-ers a -long, Help the lost to be 

--M— £. 

_i J3i_ 




y 1 y 




saved ones, and blest, Or will you be lost, a - way from that home In 
set -ting of sun; Be read-y to meet the Sav-ior, I pray, And 
read- y that day; Then sweet-er will be the theme of your song, 'Twill 



£=t=£ 



tz^btr— b- 



i — r- 



i»-iA — 



— r£=t=: 
:*=! 1 — : 



Chorus 



y i 



^ j* — +- — m — m — i £*--■-! in — ». 



y 
h i 



re - gions of doom and dis - tress? 
hear His sweet wel- come, Well done, 
light -en your load all the way. Don't wait, 



r 

Do not wait too long, 



' y y 



sm - ner 




m — p — »— -»■ 

y ' y y 









li 



-I- 1 J I- 



H— -W-S5 



- {-♦ ♦—♦—♦—♦ hi 



-1. fc u 



r= 



my dear sin-ner friend, Come to Him just now, 

friend, Come just now to the 



to the sav-ing Lord; 
Lord; 



I3^_^£=^z£ ±=— j;Er= lz=:E=:t==E:— =: £- £ g g g| 

^v^L— fr fr fr L,: q^—j^—fc:— kzzk: zz-Ly_y_ pnyntzij 




fcc£=J?=£=£: 



y y y y i 



r 



HF-r 



E fr E P 4 



_4J p m M |_£- 

- m « « — * <? — - 



-r 



1 



y w ' 

From the road of sin quick - ly turn 

From sin turn a - way, 



a - way, 



Fnl-ly 






Do Not Wait Too Lon£ 



fcj fafErfcfrza ; 



\vb n -4 ^— ^i— ^i— ^— £■ — r-|-«'— ^tH~- ^ 
b±z!pz= pe= ^- {»-hg ■* ■ 



r^ 



e^ ui i Ji J* J i 



-t=: 



=i- 



S 



Ful - ly trust-ing Him, and o - bey His word; He will par-don yon, 

trust • ing His word; He'll par 

-■- -m- -*• -m- * -I*- '^^ZjgZjL. p ^_^_^_ 



-y— y — V— y- 



fcM: 



t=~t: 



y y ^ * 



y y y v I I y y 



y y y 

cleanse you from your sin, Give to you a song, 

don your sin, And will give you a 



ISP 



k=£zE£=£=£z=zi 
— tzzzzb— b— I 



-Lto. to* to.- 



:t=t: 



trr- 



V V 'J 

_|N__! I Pi 



£, A— Al L Arf A *i L J* A— ■ 



love's e - ter - nal song; Turn to Him to • day, He'll lead all the way, 
song; 



-m — m — *- 



TipLZ'sk. i*~js 'a zza_as_ a 

!&yT=ztizzzpz=:t?zzzb=E=itU 



-h, — *■- 



b— t— Fy-— 1=: 



-£T [ 




3±: 



^^ 



=t 



i 



Don't wait too long. 

hast -en to Him, do not wait too long, do not wait too long. 

J* J J J J i 



. *?? *.- 



• P p y u 



:|==t: 



~P* P y D~ 



r± 



Coda 



vi*H-#' -* ■"• — ^t*^ — ^~ *~: — *t~"^i — ^~ ^ r-^r^. — . "ir'rl — < r — t ^~H 



Why not now? why not now? Why not come to Jesus now? 

Why not now? why not now? Je - bub now? 



r u r r 1 



No. 127 Waiting for the Gall 

Copyright, 1950, by Stamps-Baxter Music & Printing Co. 
J. I.. S. in "Better Songs" John L. Shrader 

w-iifc— xl — w — 2c — • -jB w-r 2 u ** — si — •i — -jo u 



i 



- -5.-* 



a ri - ^T 



u y 

1. Ev - 'ry day I'm draw-ing near-er to that Lome, where no sor-row and no 

2. Won't you come and go a- long up home with me, where the beau-ties wait-ing 



> A— K-i 



ftv -»- ^ -»- H - -i -I -t H 



•A. -Uk— Ut - A — A— bfc — k*-H*t 1 1 1 Wk * Ut— k*— Uk — kfc — kfc- 



E^^^^^l g^^^^ ^j 



heart-aches e'er can come, I am wait-ing for the call 
there we soon shall see? 



TtTtTTt 

I am wait-ing for the call 



1— | r» — f 



y y J 



-a, — Mk — uk — ■ 



_*_pr-|X: 



kfcrt — "jc — 3C ~ _ 3) r" — a — 8 — "ad — ™ - zi — •! — ac — ™ r:ad - 2}*t — 2d — •Li: — 
t? -•- ™ 1 y y -«■ ™ ™ ;«- ™ y ij 

to speed a - way. Soon I'll reach the glo - ry land be - yond the 

a -way. Christ has gone a man-sion for me to pre- 



»■-IS'- i K-^"-• 

■kfc— MA— - 1 . 1 H 



1 — s= — E3 — y-CL- — b _ u__ e — e — e — e — g — e_cz — y — b — p. 






' 1 



y - 1 X. 

tide, with the hap-py saints for - ev- er to a -bide, 1 am wait-ing for the 
pare, and I know He soon shall wel-come me up there, 



_ 1 1 1 1 1 1 — _i — 1 1_ — k. — ^ 

H A kfc IA A — A — Ut m Ui- 1 1 i,l P- = rr- 

y W K ■? 



ffi-g *~ 



3^5- 



'f^~p-t Z= f = f = ^ 






call to speed a - way. 

X am wait-ing for the call a • way. 

-m- jkm- -«- -«■- -F^ -F- -p. b#- -•- . I. I* f* 

: y 1* — at — m — 5- — u m m \m— ■*-» =■ T1 ^ - < 4 



Waiting for the Gall 



Chorus 



MP 



r%- 



g g 3 3 3 Bi -_] a v» 



1 am wait-ing for the call 
I am wait-ing for the fi - Dal call for me to 

P P P P M 

.Jkl Si Al Ai Ai A) 



:r: ^— g — p — 5 — p— p= 



$=&= 



:g^ 



c£-=H| 



3=* 



nd^S: 



to speed a - way, To that bright and hap-py 

speed a - way, To that bright and hap-py land of 



J> 



j=5 rv 



Jl^JJJ 



Tfrfbr* 



t 



r r 




t^tt 



■ — ^-rm7^~^~M ~ 



rr 



land of end-less day; I shall meet the saints of 

joy and end-less day, glad day; I shall meet the bless-ed saints of 

B '& fi JM S» 



-i ! — i — -P-p*- i -^ P -ff— ff- — y — P — y — kj— H 

-*— y— y y t u -^-^-g^g— t^— g— p- c 



:t 






old, 

old, when I 



1 S 

when I reach home, In the morn-ing when I 
ar • rive at home, 



s 






=e£b^ 



ETi* 



^^ 



f 

N 



ilPPPaHa 



ha morn-ing when I heai 



y "y" 

hear the call to come. 

In the morn-ing when I hear to come. 



m 



£3^tt =*^== f = }£=% =pg^ 



I 



i 



No. 128 



I Want to Go There 



$ 



Copyright, 1950, by Stamps-Baxter Music & Printing Co. 
E. D. B. in "Better Songs" E. D.Bullock 

£r-HS S 



mM 



s 



■ft*- 



3fi: 



2— tr-tr- *=S -*-*^"?f 



:fc^i£N-4= 



1. There is a land of joy and glad-ness, far be-yond the roll -nig 

2. Glo - ri - ou9 thought I have in know-ing that there is a place of 

3. Grand - ly the vie - t'ry bells are ring - ing, out be-yond the roll - ing 



Era==E=t3 



U U l> 



-(—• — i — i — 



t: 



:j^ — j- =^=fe 



J—\ 



\r U U ,- ■ t» b 



■""■ p 5" f r r 

Bcenes of time, I want to go there, some won - der - ful 



per -feet rest, 
niys-tic sea, 



!?=- 



-«— 



-=1 — S- 



I want to go there, 

i — a — i m — | h- 

-u— y — r-— = — f- 



EE^Ei^ 




f= T# 



-*-ft 



^ 



„ — «— i — | 1 — m — 

^ _#*. -♦- _♦*- - 



£=&- 



^ 



It is a land all free from sad-ness, 
Where I shall live and not grow wea - ry, 
some won-der - ful day; Joy - ful - ly there the saints are sing - ing 



mm 



#-■ 



ii 



* 



s 



# C u U ti 










where the bells of glo - ryring and„bhime,I want to go there, 
with the souls re-deemed for-ev*er blest, 
prais-es to the Lamb of Cal-va - ry, 






-i — 



I want to go there, 

"♦" www -♦- 



^§P* 






Chorus 



for • ev 



to stay. 



rTOl 



I 



ever to stay. I want to go 



I Want to Go There 






O I want to go there, life e - ter-nal to share, 

there, life e» ter-nal to share, 






S-g-B^ Sff=^: 



Be- 



u 






— £j — 3| |~^~asr~ 



With the hap-py and free, where no sor-rowcan 

With the hap - py and free, 

R & ft 



-A! — 4* — A — A Al- 



fc£=k^ 



IB 



K — £ — £5 — 5 — K — y — * — f*- — iv — m — m- 

K) RJ fi R M* 



^ 



*_PL 



lie; 
where no sor-row can come;Yes, I want to go there, 



'&—£ — &■ — ■ — ■§ ■ — S 5T 

-P* — fr — f- — y — y — I — F—- 2 !- 



lfe£EgE g-=g=g=^ E 



-♦- -♦- -K- -^- -*-- -♦- 

-Mb- *k-|— - I 1 Mk 






J* 



33 



E^L^tgrft^rt^r 



and 
and be free from all care, 



^f 



aB±at 
T 



3=^ 



from all care, I want to go 



(W- Dk "i 




"-1 B B P t" P j" - 




M4-- — 


^. 


- - *-M? rj F y 


-v ? 



*s 



*£ 









zsfj 



:z=iad : 



C a b y b C r 

there, it is heaven my home. 

I want to go there, it is heav-en my homt. 



^t — Sk — P * P' — I* — iA.—/k 



— t « »— &-[ 



KBwM ;fi n 



^E^^r £=i 



gz^z^fcztjchc 



_42 i 



No. 129 I Am RejoiGing 

Copyright, 1950, by Stamps-Baxter Music & Printing Co. 
B. B. Edmiaston & R. R. C. in "Better Songs" Bobert B. Christian 






1. I have a home that's wait-ing o-ver yon-der, A home pre-pared by Christ the 

2. It seems that I can hear the an-gels sing-ing, In that bright home a- bo ve the 



5t_ 



tr-fr— lr 



:-ir-zlz-|z=t: 



- I I U U U U 






■p—p 



=s==n 



3: 






w^mum 






— ^5 3C C^i- 

fV I i 

King, the King; There vexing problems I no more shall pon - der, Butsweet-est 
sky, the sky; They are re-joic-ing that the Lord is bring -ing An-oth-er 



Eir-j — £_£: 



* 



*=*c 



1=1=: 



:£=££ 



±=±=&=A?d 



J^-A-A 



J^P- 



*=i -1 •■ 






^r 



songs of praise will ring, will ring; With friends and loved ones I shall be n- 
soul to dwell on high, on high; Cre - a - tion rings a - new with hap - py 

-A- m -A- -^ .. -A- -A- -A- -A- 

-,-— »— g— r~r — p -^~ is-!s.-R-p^— £ — S— tg— £ — »*-■ 
_piizi=— 4_ r '- — 1- — ^— rrTi- . — u — * — i — c 



-ir-£?-£r a t- 



■V— fir— tr 



j^-p-t 



-I- 






J3 #1-1— «< — ♦ L-5 Afc ~M?| 1 i_ L 



nit - ed, what a raeet-ing^Ht will be, twill be; All who o-beyedwhen 
prais-es, I hear the joy bells' glad-some chime,sweet chime; With-in my heart a 



r-^trtr 



g.y i » ff. 






^^^^^^^ ^ 



love to Christ in - vit - ed, Shall ev • er dwell there, glad and free, made free, 
joy - ous song up - rais - es, The song of sav - ing grace snb-lime, sub-lime. 



f- 



:b-b=biE?— g±ig— ^— H5 £=g— E=Eaz jH 



I Am Rejoicing 



Chorus 



In sin He found me, His love un-bound me, And placed my feet up-on the 
Lost but found, love un-bound, 







Rock; The clouds were rift-ed when me He lift - ed, And gave me 

sol • id Bock; Light came thru, safe-ty true, 



-*-g- 



:|=fc: 



fefe 



*-f=t 



-=1 — £- 



i=t=: 



:t=t 



■p— «■— p— »■- 
I i y y 



#bNee 



^-J4-4VJW 



=fet|fcjf, 



^£> 



=j--^ 



* 



T- 



*=<* 



t7 ™ I "i 

free - dom from sin's shock; I am re - joic-ing His prais-es 

aw - ful shock; I re-joice, 



!=t=: 



£=£ 



P— p 



£=£ «— 



i — i — t-- 



3 ^ *, «i ^ L3 — ^s| fe" *| 1 1 *^ J 



voic-ing, Be - cause from sin JH Ke whole; I serve Him 

prais-es voice, ' free and whole; 





i JUL [ 






ev-er and doubt Him nev-er, For I have giv-en Him con-trol. 

Serve my King, to Him cling, com-plete con-trol, 

1 &t= 



— i — j — =t— *- 



Jt -PL -PL -A-fc-A- -A- -▲- _ I P 



No. 130 Down the Pathway to Glory 

Copyright, 1950, by Stamps-Baxter Music & Printing Co. 
B. B. Edmiaston in "Better Songs" V. O. Fossett 



1. Down the ra - di - ant path-way to glo - ry,Thru the dark shad-ows of 

2. Those who trav - el the ho - li -ness high-way, Walk in this lightfrom a- 

3. All who share in the splen-dor thus giv - en, Vis -ion the coun-try on 




n=$ 






nifht, Shine the gleams of sal - va- tion's sweet sto - ry, Flood- ing this 
bove; Down the path -way, re - veal - ing the sky way, Come the bright 
high; Down the path -way that reach -es from heav - en, Light comes that 






*-* 



Mzfe 



-■ — m- 



-m. 1 1 1 1 1 

:!sz=!sz=:k=kz=|xzz :|ax___ 
-b— tr— tr— fr U r ' f T 



rz 



■It: 



f-f-F 1 



Chorus 



z - ! — «d — 5 tZ] ~Z] t — 
Z3ZZZ71ZZZ^±i!^±qZZ 



ic-^-JrJ- 



^^SE 



=1= 



y y 



world with love's light. Down the 
gleams of God's love, 
nev - er will die. 




y - y 

Comes to us hal- low- 
Comes . Jhe 



^y y y y 

path - way to glo - ry 

Down the way to glo-ry ev-er 

: ^- te zziEEzz|i^zjz^ zz ^~fc t] 

*zzzzz=53 

5TZZKZZ3CJ 



im 



Cq — p» — K- 



y y y 

To re-veal mer - cy's 

low-ing light, Re-veal mer-cy's 






S: 



4- 



1r-i- 



y y- 



i 



3 



£=!?# 



•H — - ** — ^ — mi — y g- 



-U 



1 y y 

sto • ry, Driv 

sto - ry, and to Drive 



-A- -Jkr 

— tz—tzz: 



-* 3 — «-- 

ing out shad-ows of night; 

out shad-ows of night; 



« 



: mt 



-£ ==■ 



-y- 



^ 



-51 

»ht 

i 



fc=M= 



Down the Pathway to Glory 



- A! ^ - 



fc 






" * -" • y 'v y y y 

In - to hearts lone and wea - ry, Lives that are 

To hearts, lone hearts, wea - ry, in - to Lives 



2r*= 



n— f.=t:: 



:pi[ 



:t=t=: 



P — ir P — tr tr— i7 — 



-t=t 



y 



M-pL 



^=» 



* 



r 



y y y i y y *1 y 

crushed by the wrong, Send - ing gleams bright and 

crushed, bleed - ing from wrong, Send - ing bright gleams, 



-P— ST — pe 



' y- y--] 




£ 



4 — »--*: 



Sf 



P 



*=3 



£ 



-^ — S- 



y y y y y 

cheer - y, Plant -ing love's glo - ri - fied song. 

cheer - y, and it Plants love's glo - ri - fied song. 



t=zcg — ~~ 



-i — p — P 



t? — t? — fcr 



1 



ISo. 131 



He Knows 



TTiifc expression 



G. W.Lyon 



j^pj gl^^i^gjig ai 



1. He knows the bit -ter.wea - ry way, The end- less striv-ings day by day, 

2. He knows how hard the fight has been, The clouds that come our lives between, 

3. He knows when faint and worn we sink, How deep the pain, how near the brink 

4. He knows, O^tho't so full of^ bliss! For tho __on eart h oor joys w e miss, 



^S 



E>» l/v La 2 ! :s» La L&__ 






■s«- 



& 



Hum. 



feh^fe^fel 




3=fc 



5 



I 



m^m 



•^ — *# — ' — : H 



* 



f=f=f 



o — -■ — T r T 

The souls that weep,the souls that pray,He knows, He knows. 

The wounds the world has nev - er seen, 

Of dark de - spair,we pau3e andshrink. 

We still can bear it feel - ing this, He knows, 

■»■ — » — •■ — P-5- P-r-— 1 w — m r P 



££ 



CH -ufc- 4^-s — a P 1 — k- — -h- 



1 



He knowsj ' 



^ 



Sweet By and By 

Copyright, 1950, by Stamps-Baxter Music & Printing Co. 
Arr.C.W. in "Better Songs" Arr. Clyde Williams 







"*l~*— 3E— y— y-j 



There's a land that's ao much fair-er, much fair-er than day, 

1. There's a land that is fair - er than day, 

We shall sure-ly sing to-geth - er on heay-en's bright shore 

2. We shall sing on that bean - ti - ful shore 






=ZT=±t=J== 








By our faith we sure-ly see it, we see it a -far; 
And by faith we can see it a - far; 

Charming mu-sic, thrill-ing mu-sic, the songs of the blest, 
The me - lo - di - ous songs of the blest, 



^^fc .^ P -g F^ — ^ — *. — *. — a— =1 — y — u — i a- — — I 1 1 1 1- — A 






r> ■ . - r- 

For the Fa-ther now is wait-ing just o - ver the way, 

For the Fa - ther waits o - ver the way, 

And our spir-its, hap-py spir-its shall sor-row no more, 

And ourspir - its shall sor - row no more, 
■•- -I™- __ — — — -^- -^ 



PRtnCLJ 



y* 



A — Uk--=1- 



_ _ -^- :a. _a. ^a. _a_ _a. 

P .0 u U 



V w m_ .11 tj;„ („:n, f„i _ j__it: i Iii 



To pre-pare us, all His f aith-fnl, a dwelling place there. 
To pre-pare us a dwell - ing place there. 

No more sigh-ing for the bless-ing, the bless-ing of rest. 
Not a sigh A for the bless - ing of rest. 



Chorus (3 p_U U ^ 






3— X- 



^: 



In the sweet by and by, Meet 

In the sweet by and by, We shall meet on that 

-rrrr — |~-J7~1 — ^ssir . * nss: — c — ;■—*-- =r~ 



*r=& 



; e c= f a 



Sweet By and By 







~% 



on that beau-ti - f ul shore, In the sweet 

bean - ti - ful shore, In the sweet by and 

M I ft i 
i __E_n j , ^_£__ ^ -^ ■* * 



SPi* 



i^E 






s=r=«=t=£ 



tS3 



>*= 




:^=^=to-^ 



-j^—X—xr 



ft-* 



j-=. 



P* 






«r£ 



s 



2B - 

b y and by, Meet on that beau-ti-ful shore. 

by, We shall meet on that bean - ti ■ ful shore, 

J-TJ ^ a j > - P-J-Jj j 

= — •— ^ =1 — •— * r-3 — • !a — »- 

3 — — ♦ - 



=* 



-a— i — p 




No. 133 When We Praise Our Savior, Kin* 

Copyright, 1950, by Stamps-Baxter Music & Printing .Co. 
AdgerM. Pace in "Better Songs" S. L. Wallace 



£S 



i • ^ ■ k, w n t .n i *. k. r» * - _w _i 



1.0 the ev - er-last-ing glo-ry, When the saints shall all get home; 

2. What a joy it is in knowing That 'twill not be ver - y long 

3. Won't that be a hap - py morn-ing,When we all shall gath-er there; 




Sing - ing, shont-ing love's old sto - ry, Nev - er- more a -gain to roam* 
Till with Je-sus we'll be go - ing There to sing the glo-ry song. 
Wear - ing crowns with bright a-dorn-ing,In our Sav-ior's love to share. 




!Tv 






y ■ . . . ( 

D.S.— When we sing re-demp-tion'B sto - ry, Prais-ing Christ our Sav-ior, King. 
Chorus w k. D.i 



^ ^ -r— r v -.ft-, ft, , ;r y lh f..-— j -p j= J J > . : ft-rf T^ ft3^B 



Hal - Ie - In - jah, glo-ry, glo - ry, Heaven's bells will sweet-ly ring; 

r-*-rA A- i — * — — P =*■ 



-»=■' 



-- •* *s — »-p== ==" _ I ; — >■■ 

= fc*r he fc=-[-l 1 1 j— I 1 (— 

z^£=&=£- F£--£-h» — p-p-g 



^^^^- ^- h r - r h T - p- p- p-p- r . 



trt=3= 



£9 



No. 134 I Know My Savior Gares 

To the Stamps-Baxter Mixed Quartet - E. B. G t 

Copyright, 1950, by Stamps-Baxter Music & Printing Co. 

E.B.Graham in "Better Songs" S. D. Bruton 

'*- ----- -^v 






say* 






-m-s- 

1, 1 want my Lord to care for me While in this 

2. Where love and friends ........ my life did . bless Hope dims and 

3. Let all who 're sad take hope a - gain We're not a- 

rjS > = ES- r-35 ^ ~ 







-=i 



r* 



&==: 



^ 



world where sor-rows be When lights grow dim 

I am in dis-tress When life's song turns 

lone in hours of pain Our sor-rows all 




wrong roads I take My strength all gone .... He'll not for-sake . 

to sobs and tears I go to Him who al - ways cares 

the Sav - ior shares .... He un - der-stands .... and ev - er cares . 

J> ft ^ ft * is ft ft 




i-' f k r „. r> r> i 1 r r r h 



ftft 



scmt|?zpe: ^==Z ^-^ZBlI^lh - s _J 

P-W — e — g ' ■! ■ — u u — y — y— c ^ -a-J 

I **- ^'_f 






I 



3— ;♦ ♦ ♦ ♦ 



mrp 



IPJ-CT 



1, 

yes, I know He cares for me, 

yes, I know He cares for me, 



v 



E£=^£=fe£ 



v y w 

J5L— |S ft ft. 



±z|=: 






y y y y 
ft _ft 



*=#= 



— - '■ i — j 



'•^ ^i ^ T 



r< 



— i 



tJ p 



y li 



y 



Z E u 

And will thru - out e - ter • m - ty; 

And will thru- out e - ter - ni • ty; 



tit 



— — iw — im — »/ — p* ■ r • a. ' — l 

3i_B! — U — fc> UT— Jq £ Jq"— p «■ — ■ »-J 

U. p. p. ty. y U. ufc j* )dk «fc-J 



-*k Uk Uk A- 

y y y y 



-*-=*- 



-3-^ 



Know My Savior Gares 



r^ 



y 



s- ^JL Jd^ j 



When I am thra down here be ■ low, 

When I am thru down here be - low, 




No. 135 



In Mv Father's House 



Copyright, 1950, by Stamps-Baxter Music & Printing Co. 
Rev. Alfred Barratt in "Better Songs" J.N.Johns 
A __l I J — ,_J . 




i e N — E — kH — i~5iKT^ 



1. In my Fa-ther's house are man-y man-sions, There is per-fect peace and rest; 

2. In that home where perfect love is grow-ing We shall join the blood-washed throng; 

3. Wh n at last we cross the si - lent riv - er We shall lay our bur-dens down; 

4. Day by day that shin-ing shore is near-ing Where our loved ones watch and wait; 



i± 



-h- H j— 



i* 



l—h 




i 



Fine 



— i — ♦-y- 



3==t 



:^>-j^^— 



— hR : 



n^==[3=PF 



*a — fcfct 

"*l — ■i — r" — ' 



-*_3-t r _«l- 

We shall dwell for-ev - er with the ran-somed, In that homeland of the blest. 
While our hearts with joy are o - ver-flow -ing, We shall sing the vic-tor's song. 
God in mer-cy will our souls de - liv - er, We shall wear a robe and crown. 
White robed an-gels will be sweet-ly cheer - ing, When we reach the gold-en gate. 

ft ft ■» m. im I "*«- 

C= aj-_ c, — p 



D.S, 



•And re -peat a-gain re - demp-tion'ssto-ry, In 



tz^zt=t-E^§=p: 
y y y i « 



i=J 



t£r~ 



the pres-ence of the King. 
D.S. 



i£*°™V_j L_J_J_ P J_J h D -N-J I i— gig— 

sing, 

JS.S. 

m 



In that shin-ing land of joy and glo - ry With the an-gelp we shall sing, 

ft .^_ _^_ .m_. ft -t*-&- -f*» 



vi £ 



-h— h 



i* 



fcrSfc 



No. 136 



Melody of Love 



Copyright, 1950, by Stamps-Baxter Music & Printing Co. 
It. B. Edmiaston in "Better Songs" Mr. & Mrs. Wilbur Wilson 

l :x_jy — *, — m — — — =*J — 5 — At : ' = ■* 



1. Work-ing with the bless- ed Lord, the soul hears mu-sic ten- der and sweet, 

2. At the dawn-ing of cre-a-tion it came winging down from the throne, 

3. An - gels play it on their harps in glo - ry, by the riv - er of life, 

-A- -A- -A- -£- -A- j£_ -A- -A- 

I* — f* 1* He ■= he 1« -I -j ( phe he he he he 1 1 

ts — bs: — tz U £ — hr — t — L~ 's- — b— H ' tit — til > t\ — I 

£-£— EEE it— jt— ft— t— F-f— ;*-F— *— p — p — ? — Fj 
p=zp: — P — p — P — P — p=jr_tr=pL± t=j 



Sk=*c 



«7 ~ I -■- -■- -»- HB- I* 

y y 



Thrill -ing hearts with its beau-ty, driv-ing 
Sung by murn-ing stars when the sons of 
Saints im-mor - tal with rap-ture sing it 

- — * n f — p— ^ — ^_-p_^_«, kw—^— 

—■l—\ 1 y y 1- ri yi yd L_2 K 

y u P P y 



y i 

sm and snr-row a- way, a- way; 
God were shout-ing for joy, for joy; 
on that beau-ti-ful shore, bright shore; 







w * k. 1 I N D r» I 

♦ « « «J- H— «W — ♦ ♦ — ♦ ♦ - ♦ ♦ — - s — 1 

4y & — M — ^ — J* — ^ ^ 1 . J 



■s- 

Corn-fort giv - ing to 
Thru the a - ges it 
We would share it all 



the lone- Iy pil-grim, when with loss- es we meet, 

has o-ver-fiowed men's hearts where Christ wa9 made known, 

a- long this way to give re - lief from sin's strife, 



rrv—^— !*—/«— he— a.— he — r«— F— T-—F- r*— *— *— *- 



f— 1=: 



^- s -^^rj^p^^- 



Gen-tly flow-ing a - long in liv-ingstreams,it brightens each day, each day. 
Still 'tis ring- ing, and its glad message naught can ev - er de-stroy,de-stroy. 
'Tis the theme we shall sing up there with friends who've gone on be-fore, be-fore. 

-A- -A- ^ -A- -A- -■- -j±- -A -A- -A- h» f» i 

he— -he*— t" H- 1 i 1 p— "T^ - ^ ^ he ^- 

r-=g— y— £ -£=L= --HtzE=C-t=t==t=?: 

E C K 1_ 1 m _ kL^ _l_ a is — km km — km 



s^ 



Chorus 



-fry y— ^~T 



y 



m 






B 



v y 

Down from star land bright comes this great song di-vine, Wings thru 
Down from lovely star land bright, mel-o - dy di-vine, Wings its way thru 

_ tek -■- 



a B t r- ic=£ JE- — E- — a — S—1-R7- — t r 



«-* 



Melody of Love 




I □ -■- y I * S\ "U "J -m- -■- I 



B" * y i ^ — ^ 'V y 

gloomy night in - to this heart of mine;Cheers me when I'm bine and 
gloomy night, to this heart of mine; Cheering me when I am blue, 

h *- -«- -»- -m- h — -f*- h — J* ■+— 

— I — | 1 1 — , — i 1 ! 1 1 pt— 



bts= 



i — i — i — i — )— 

1 r- I ■ * 



y ^ y 



y y 



.1 p i - 



-p— y— t c=B 



^jV^jq-Z J- J j r >~ r M -h h ^i. rwJ^- -iyfe :n 

t pe_ A( _ h __|_^^ — I — \ -^ i— am L- w «-i — ^ a-Jj 



- y * 
y " £7 ■ 

lifts my sonl above, Theme so old,yetnew,the soft, sweet song of love, 
lifts my soul above, Theme so old,yet always new, mel-o-dy of love. 



fe 



•^ y y 



■ -PR- 



ss= 



3E3E 



II 



No. 137 



Wonderful Is Jesus 



Copyright, 1950, by Stamps-Baxter Music & Printing Co. 
B. B. Edmiaston & in "Better Songs" 

Mr. and Mrs. W. W. Mr. and Mrs. Wilbur Wilson 




1. Won-der- ful 

2. Won-der- ful 

3. Won-der- fui 






a_y y y £. 



a Je-sns, who died on Cal-va - ry, That the road to 
s Je-sus, who died for you and me, Won-der -ful the 
8 Je - sos, we'll mag - ni - fy His name, Sing the sweet old 

A- -& m- -I*- to— _ 



-t=-t: 



ak afc- 

-I 1 

-y — y- 






t 



1= 



y 







fr— t— 1* 3 






^3 



heav- en the dy - ing world might see; Won-der -ful the mer-cy that 
ran - som He paid to make men free; An - gels sang the mes sage there 
8to - ry, that He to save us came;Won-der-iul His prom-ise of 



ftf-l 1— —I [-I 1 1 \= k£t— Y*k b*. Uk Uk A. A. 

y i y y y y " p r * •* ^ 



fe=P-J>-4t 



4=P 



ft ft IS 



fcjts! 






brought Him from a-bove,That the lone- ly out-cast might learn to know His love. 
on Ju-de-a's plain, let ev-'ry mor-tal take up the glad re-frain. 
life while a-ges run, With Him in that coun-try be-yond the set-ting sun. 



=£=£ 



i. m>- -~. _— .. .a. kA_ .^Sk. .A, 




No. 138 



I'm Going Home 



Copyright, 1950, by Stamps-Baxter Music & Printing Co. 
E.J. B. in "Better Songs" Everett J. Butrum 






!»— adm-i — 17 



^Z^-z^z^kI 



1 



T * y y y y vj y ; y l *- 

1. Some-times down here we feel so blue With sin on 

2. Old Sa - tan tries to drag us down To pits of 

3. Come on, dear friends and go with me, We'll sing for 



B 



$=* 



=£ 



Life: 



y^ 



5^s- 



-*k_|_ A 



y * u y 



&£ 



-4-^ 






15 



r r "s I ' i i h»- ^ i " „ -♦- •♦- -i»- -i*- 
yyy yyyyy t y y u y 
ev - - - - 'ry band; But when we reach 

sin and woe; But if we pray 

ev - ^ - • ' - er - more; We'll shout a - loud 



pm 



&$=* 



*T& 



:£zg=2T££zt: 

-3K — I— l_ L_J its - 






A Wt SB *M 



4*- 



D.S. — I'll meet dear ones 



y ^ 



:^-— ^-^: 



^-rr-u--^ 



:at: 



:<^_ 



^= =^h — i 



,4—4— 



our heav'n-ly home .We'll join a hap - - - - py 

and live for Christ, We shall o'er - come the 

the praise of God When we reach heav - - - - en's 



SAL- x 






zzfrc U-U-X, 



§ 



gone on 



be - fore, what a hap - - • 

Fine Chorus 



py 




-=q- 



-m — * — i* — 3- 



■-I — hn 



y u u y y 

band I'm go ■ ing home 

foe 

shore 

ft ft f i p {\ 



some bap - py 



-— > — i -— i — — ■ 



-3- 



I'ro go - ing home 

--£- r - "*" 

_£ — 



* — y*— =1 — *- 



day 



D.S. 




*^==A 






day To dwell with Christ ~ for aye, 

some hap-py day To live with Christ with Christ for aye, 

u _ i * ft ft h ft 



INDEX 



(BETTER 

A Lot of Heaven 74 

A Real Church _ 57 

Accept Love's Plan _ 17 

After Awhile 16 

All My Sins Were Laid On Jesus.. 28 

All the Way Home - -112 

Amazing Grace - 83 

America 99 

At the End of the Road 120 



Beautiful Home 



, 31 



Christ Has Paid the Cost 58 

Do Not Wait Too Long — 126 

Down the Pathway to Glory 130 

Dreaming _ — 93 

Echoes, Sweet Echoes . _ 1 

Ev'ry Day, All the Way 85 

Follow the Light „ 76 

For Christ My King „ 00 

Give Them Flowers While They .... 45 

Giving the World a Song _ 35 

God of Mercy _ 89 

Going Home _ 61 

Happy Home Land of the Soul ....111 

Happy With My Savior 118 

Hear the Call 23 

Heaven Will Be Worth It, I Know 27 

He Is Our Savior 41 

He Knows _ _... 131 

He Made the Blue Skies, New Skies 88 

He Will Make It All Right 22 

He'll Pilot Me 10 

Help Me Bear My Sorrows 60 

Help Me Hold Thy Hand ...._ 87 

He's Mine 124 

His Love Has Made Me Free 9 

His Love Is Keeping My Soul 55 

Holding My Savior's Hand 95 

I Am Glad Jesus Came 66 

I Am Going Home 123 

I Am Rejoicing 129 

I Am So Glad 121 

I Am Traveling the Highway 125 

I Am Waiting For Him _ 30 

I Know My Savior Cares _ 134 

I Long to Be Doing His Will 59 

I Mean to Go There 102 

I Want to Follow On 7 

I Want to Go There .128 

I Want to See Heaven _ 43 

I'd Like to Be Here 82 

I'll Follow On _ 6 

I'll Leave My Troubles Here Below 36 

I'll Live in Glory Land _ 14 

I'll Settle Down Beyond the River 70 
I'll Wear a Bright and Shining .... 62 
I'm a Child of the Heavenly King.. 92 

I'm Dreaming J.-A 

I'm Getting Ready Now _ 39 

I'm Going Home .138 

I'm Gonna Take a Ride _ 78 

I'm Moving Over Jordan 32 

In Him There Is Victory 73 

In My Father's House 135 

In the Beautiful City _ 51 

In the Valley of Decision 13 

It Cleanseth Thee _ 33 

Jerusalem Fair _ 104 

Jesus 84 

Jesus Is Coming _ 91 

Jesus Is With Me 8 



SONGS) 

Jesus Saved Me — - 53 

Jesus Will Be There 72 

Keep Me Closer - — 24 

Keep Your Light Shining - 80 

Lead Me To the Promised Land — 77 
Let Me Clasp Your Hand and GO....110 

Listen to the Angels Sing J.14 

Little David Will Play 54 

Living for Jesus — 64 

Lonesome for Heaven 86 

Look to the Cross ..._ _ 29 

Looking to Calvary 4 

"Lord, I'm Ready to Go Home" 42 

Melody of Love 136 

More Like Thee _ 103 

Most High, Eternal God 49 

Move Along 106 

My Cross of Sorrow _ .117 

My King Divine _ - 75 

My Prayer _ .109 

My Savior's Hand on Mine 38 

My Sins Are Covered Over J.16 

O Beautiful City 40 

On the Rock of Ages 68 

Over in Glory Land _ 122 

Praise Him, Praise Him J.08 

Revive Us Again 79 

Rock of Ages _ 71 

Sailing on the Sea of Life 26 

Savior, Hold My Hand 67 

Since I Made Jesus My Choice 19 

Sing To the Lord _ 3 

Singing, Praying 115 

Some Day 63 

Sweet By and By J.32 

Sweeter Heaven Will Be 91 

That Lovely City „ 4b 

The Coronation Morning 50 

The End of Earth's Journey 5 

The Garden of Victory 65 

The King of My Heart .119 

The Lord Is Calling 100 

The Old Time Way _ 44 

The Promised Land _ J.01 

The Road of Love 2 

The Savior Cares For You 69 

The Wondrous City _ 11 

There Is Glory In My Soul 37 

To Christ Our King 47 

Trust and His Will Obey 81 

Tune in on Heaven „ 52 

Waiting for the Call .127 

We Shall Be so Happy While 98 

We'll Be Singing _ 34 

We'll Sing a New Song 96 

What a Glad Day 25 

What a Wonderful Place 94 

What a Wondrous Savior 12 

What Could I Do Without Jesus 7....107 

When He Spoke Peace to Me 48 

When I Cross the Bar 18 

When I Reach My Home in Glory_113 
When We Cross Over the River.... 56 
When We Praise Our Savior, King..l33 

Where Could I Go? _ 97 

Wonderful City „ 15 

Wonderful Is Jesus _ 137 

Won't It Be Joy? 21 

Your Savior Dear Is Near 105 

Zacchaeus Found Jesus „.„ 20 



&r^^^--^cT^^^^2%?£